US20160346387A1 - Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis - Google Patents

Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20160346387A1
US20160346387A1 US15/151,449 US201615151449A US2016346387A1 US 20160346387 A1 US20160346387 A1 US 20160346387A1 US 201615151449 A US201615151449 A US 201615151449A US 2016346387 A1 US2016346387 A1 US 2016346387A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
type
seq
sequence
hvr
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/151,449
Inventor
Paul BRUNETTA
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Genentech Inc
Original Assignee
Genentech Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Genentech Inc filed Critical Genentech Inc
Priority to US15/151,449 priority Critical patent/US20160346387A1/en
Publication of US20160346387A1 publication Critical patent/US20160346387A1/en
Priority to US16/363,836 priority patent/US20190365888A1/en
Priority to US18/045,313 priority patent/US20240033351A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/13Amines
    • A61K31/135Amines having aromatic rings, e.g. ketamine, nortriptyline
    • A61K31/138Aryloxyalkylamines, e.g. propranolol, tamoxifen, phenoxybenzamine
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/16Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids
    • A61K31/165Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide
    • A61K31/167Amides, e.g. hydroxamic acids having aromatic rings, e.g. colchicine, atenolol, progabide having the nitrogen of a carboxamide group directly attached to the aromatic ring, e.g. lidocaine, paracetamol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/535Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
    • A61K31/53751,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
    • A61K31/53771,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. timolol
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/57Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone
    • A61K31/573Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids substituted in position 17 beta by a chain of two carbon atoms, e.g. pregnane or progesterone substituted in position 21, e.g. cortisone, dexamethasone, prednisone or aldosterone
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06Antimalarials
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/12Antihypertensives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2887Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against CD20
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/505Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies comprising antibodies
    • A61K2039/507Comprising a combination of two or more separate antibodies
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K2039/545Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies characterised by the dose, timing or administration schedule
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/40Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by post-translational modification
    • C07K2317/41Glycosylation, sialylation, or fucosylation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/52Constant or Fc region; Isotype
    • C07K2317/524CH2 domain
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/71Decreased effector function due to an Fc-modification
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/73Inducing cell death, e.g. apoptosis, necrosis or inhibition of cell proliferation
    • C07K2317/734Complement-dependent cytotoxicity [CDC]
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/77Internalization into the cell

Definitions

  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • Lupus is an autoimmune disease involving antibodies that attack connective tissue. The disease is estimated to affect nearly 1 million Americans, primarily women between the ages of 20-40. The principal form of lupus is a systemic one (systemic lupus erythematosus; SLE). SLE has an incidence of about 1 in 700 women between the ages of 20 and 60. SLE can affect any organ system and can cause severe tissue damage. Untreated lupus can be fatal as it progresses from attack of skin and joints to internal organs, including lung, heart, and kidneys, with renal disease, termed lupus nephritis (LN), being the primary concern. Lupus mainly appears as a series of flare-ups, with intervening periods of little or no disease manifestation.
  • LN renal disease
  • LN is one of the most acute areas of damage associated with pathogenicity in SLE, and accounts for at least 50% of the mortality and morbidity of the disease.
  • corticosteroids e.g., prednisone, or azathioprine or cyclophosphamide
  • Obinutuzumab a type II anti-CD20 antibody
  • Significantly greater B cell depletion was observed with obinutuzumab treatment, compared to rituximab treatment, in cynomolgous monkeys (Mossner, E. et al. (2010) Blood 115:4393-4402). Therefore, there remains a need for testing the efficacy of type II anti-CD20 antibodies in treating or preventing LN in patients with lupus.
  • kits for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual comprising administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the individual has lupus.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 4.5 months to about 6.5 months after the first antibody exposure.
  • the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus.
  • the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE. In some embodiments, the methods are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until from about 10 days to about 17 days after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 14 after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • the first dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 10 days to about 17 days after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 14 days after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • the first dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the first antibody exposure and the second antibody exposure are administered intravenously.
  • the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • kits for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody; wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and wherein the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus.
  • the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • the methods are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • kits for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus comprising administering to the individual a dose of about 1000 mg of a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6, and wherein the dose is administered to the individual once on days 1, 15, 168, and 182.
  • kits for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus comprising administering to the individual a dose of about 1000 mg of a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6, and wherein the dose is administered to the individual once on weeks 0, 2, 24, and 26.
  • week 0 corresponds to day 1.
  • the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is administered intravenously.
  • the individual does not have class III (C) or class IV (C) lupus nephritis.
  • the individual has class V lupus nephritis.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an immunosuppressive agent.
  • the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolic acid, a derivative thereof, or a salt thereof.
  • the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolate mofetil.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid.
  • the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises methylprednisolone.
  • the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises prednisone.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihistamine.
  • the antihistamine comprises diphenhydramine.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID).
  • NSAID non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug
  • the NSAID comprises acetaminophen.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual a standard of care treatment.
  • the standard of care treatment comprises treatment with one or more of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-receptor blocker, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil, azathioprine, and a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid.
  • ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme
  • the standard of care treatment is administered after the first antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody and/or after the second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihypertensive agent.
  • the antihypertensive agent is an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor or an angiotensin-receptor blocker.
  • ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme
  • the method results in a complete renal response (CRR) in the individual.
  • the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual.
  • the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is nonfucosylated (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,883,980).
  • the heavy chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the light chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the individual or patient is a human.
  • kits or articles of manufacture for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus comprising (a) a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and (b) a package insert with instructions for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, wherein the instructions indicate that at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody are administered to the individual, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to
  • kits or articles of manufacture further include (c) a second medicament, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a first medicament; and (d) instructions on the package insert for administering the second medicament to the subject.
  • the second medicament is an immunosuppressive agent, a glucocorticoid, a corticosteroid, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, or a hormone.
  • the heavy chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the light chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the kits or articles of manufacture are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE. In some embodiments, the kits or articles of manufacture are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the antibody is administered intravenously.
  • the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual.
  • the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells.
  • the antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
  • the antibody is afucosylated.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the antibody comprises a modified Fc region.
  • the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function.
  • the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region.
  • the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
  • compositions for use in treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual comprising an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the composition is administered intravenously.
  • administering the composition results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual.
  • the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells.
  • the antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
  • the antibody is afucosylated.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the antibody comprises a modified Fc region.
  • the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function.
  • the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region.
  • the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
  • the individual or patient is a human.
  • an anti-CD20 antibody for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • kits or articles of manufacture for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, comprising (a) a container comprising an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and (b) a package insert with instructions for administering an effective amount of anti-CD20 antibody to treat or delay progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual.
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • SLE systemic
  • the package insert includes instructions for administering the antibody intravenously.
  • the antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
  • the antibody is afucosylated.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
  • the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the antibody comprises a modified Fc region.
  • the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function.
  • the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region.
  • the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
  • FIG. 1 shows the study design for a Phase II study examining obinutuzumab+mycophenolate mofetil vs. placebo+mycophenolate mofetil.
  • FIG. 2A-2D show whole blood B-cell-depletion, internalization and complement-dependent cellular cytotoxicity elicited by Obinutuzumab or Rituximab in RA and SLE patient samples.
  • FIG. 2B shows the frequency of surface accessible mAbs.
  • HCS normal healthy serum
  • HIS heat inactivated serum
  • 2D shows the fold increase in CD19+Av+PI+ cells in samples incubated with NHS vs HIS representing the efficiency of CDC by mAbs.
  • RTX rituximab
  • OBZ Obinutuzumab
  • RA rheumatoid arthritis
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus.
  • HC Healthy control * p ⁇ 0.05; **, p ⁇ 0.005; ***, p ⁇ 0.0001 and ns, not significant.
  • FIG. 3A-3G show the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess NK cell degranulation, describing the relationship between NK cell expression of CD107a and CD16.
  • Whole blood samples were incubated with or without mAbs for 24 hours before analyzing by flow cytometry.
  • NK cells were identified based on forward- and side-scatter properties and expression of CD56 but not CD3.
  • the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ cells represented activated/degranulated NK cells.
  • FSC forward-scatter
  • SSC side-scatter.
  • FIG. 3A shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. side scatter.
  • FIG. 3B shows flow cytometry gating of CD56 vs. CD3.
  • FIG. 3C shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a.
  • FIG. 3D shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD16.
  • Three subpopulations of CD3-CD56+ NK cells were identified based on the relative expression of CD16 (boxed as high, medium, and low). The relative frequency of activated CD107a+NK cells differed in these 3 subpopulations based on CD16 expression in a hierarchical manner CD16++ ⁇ CD16+ ⁇ CD16 ⁇ .
  • FIG. 3E shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the high box.
  • FIG. 3F shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the medium box.
  • FIG. 3G shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the low box.
  • FIG. 4A-4D show that OBZ is more efficient than RTX at activating NK cells in RA and SLE patient samples.
  • FIG. 4A shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+NK cells in the lymphocyte gate, CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and CD3-CD56-CD16+NK cells as a percentage of total NK cells or CD19+ cells. Horizontal lines represent the median.
  • FIG. 4B shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and the fold increase in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and the frequency of CD3 ⁇ CD56+16+NK cells in samples incubated with RTX and OBZ, from patients with RA and SLE. Horizontal lines represent the median.
  • FIG. 4A shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+NK cells in the lymphocyte gate, CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and CD3-CD56-CD16+NK cells as a percentage of total NK cells or CD19+ cells. Horizontal lines represent the median.
  • FIG. 4B shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and the fold increase in the frequency of
  • FIG. 5A-5D show that Obinutuzumab is more efficient than Rituximab at evoking NK cell-mediated cellular cytotoxicity in RA and SLE patient samples.
  • FIG. 5B shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in whole blood samples from patients with RA and SLE after 24-hour incubation with or without mAbs, analyzed by flow cytometry.
  • FIG. 5C shows the relative increase in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in whole blood samples incubated with or without mAbs, analyzed by flow cytometry.
  • the error bars represent the median and interquartile ranges. * p ⁇ 0.05; **, p ⁇ 0.005; ***, p ⁇ 0.0001; and ns, not significant.
  • FIG. 6A-6D show that Obinutuzumab is more efficient than Rituximab at activating neutrophils in RA and SLE patient samples.
  • FIG. 6B shows the relationship between the MFI of CD11b on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs in RA and SLE samples.
  • FIG. 6C shows the MFI of CD62L on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs in RA and SLE samples.
  • FIG. 7A-7D show assessment of direct cell death, internalization and expression of CD20 and Fc ⁇ RIIb in B-cell subpopulations from RA and SLE samples.
  • FIG. 7A shows the frequency of Annexin V+ cells as a proportion of all CD19+ B cells and also B-cell subpopulations based on the relative expression of IgD and CD27: (IgD+CD27-na ⁇ ve cells; IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells; IgD-CD
  • the error bars represent the median and interquartile ranges. Box and whiskers represent the interquartile range and the horizontal line in the box represents the median. * p ⁇ 0.05; **, p ⁇ 0.005; ***, p ⁇ 0.0001.
  • FIG. 8 shows the gating strategy for the complement-dependent cytotoxicity assay, and CDC by RTX and OBZ.
  • Isolated B cells were incubated with mAbs either with NHS or HIS for 30 minutes at room temperature before analyzing by flow cytometry.
  • the frequency of An V+PI+ cells represented cell death.
  • HIS heat inactivated serum
  • NHS normal healthy serum
  • RTX rituximab
  • OBZ Obinutuzumab
  • An V Annexin V and PI, propidium iodide.
  • FIG. 9 shows the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess neutrophil activation. After 24 hours of incubation, whole blood samples were analysed by flow cytometry. Neutrophils were identified by forward- and side-scatter and CD15 positively. The mean fluorescence intensity of CD11b and CD62L was analyzed on gated neutrophils positive for CD15.
  • FIG. 10 shows the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess direct cell death.
  • isolated B-cells were analyzed by flow cytometry.
  • CD19+ B-cells were categorized into na ⁇ ve (IgD+CD27 ⁇ ), unswitched memory cells (IgD+CD27+), switched memory cells (IgD-CD27+) and double negative cells (IgD-CD27 ⁇ ).
  • the frequency of Annexin V+ cells represented direct cell death.
  • FIG. 11 shows the inherent susceptibility to spontaneous cell death in B-cell subpopulations.
  • Isolated B-cells incubated in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum for 6 hours at at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 were analyzed by flow cytometry.
  • the frequency of Annexin V+ cells represented direct cell death in CD19+ cells as a whole and also in B-cell subpopulations categorized into na ⁇ ve (IgD+CD27 ⁇ ), unswitched memory cells (IgD+CD27+), switched memory cells (IgD-CD27+) and double negative cells (IgD-CD27 ⁇ ).
  • Av Annexin V; * p ⁇ 0.05; ***, p ⁇ 0.0001; ns, not significant.
  • provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, including administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the individual has lupus.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure.
  • the first antibody exposure includes one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure containing a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure includes one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure containing a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the antibody includes a heavy chain containing HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain containing HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • LN lupus nephritis
  • antibody includes monoclonal antibodies (including full length antibodies which have an immunoglobulin Fc region), antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies, diabodies, and single-chain molecules, as well as antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, F(ab′) 2 , and Fv).
  • immunoglobulin Ig is used interchangeably with “antibody” herein.
  • the basic 4-chain antibody unit is a heterotetrameric glycoprotein composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains.
  • An IgM antibody consists of 5 of the basic heterotetramer units along with an additional polypeptide called a J chain, and contains 10 antigen binding sites, while IgA antibodies comprise from 2-5 of the basic 4-chain units which can polymerize to form polyvalent assemblages in combination with the J chain.
  • the 4-chain unit is generally about 150,000 daltons.
  • Each L chain is linked to an H chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype.
  • Each H and L chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges.
  • Each H chain has at the N-terminus, a variable domain (V H ) followed by three constant domains (C H ) for each of the ⁇ and ⁇ chains and four C H domains for ⁇ and ⁇ isotypes.
  • Each L chain has at the N-terminus, a variable domain (V L ) followed by a constant domain at its other end.
  • the V L is aligned with the V H and the C L is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain (C H 1). Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable domains.
  • the pairing of a V H and V L together forms a single antigen-binding site.
  • L chain from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda, based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains.
  • immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes or isotypes.
  • immunoglobulins There are five classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, having heavy chains designated ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ and ⁇ , respectively.
  • the ⁇ and ⁇ classes are further divided into subclasses on the basis of relatively minor differences in the CH sequence and function, e.g., humans express the following subclasses: IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2.
  • variable region refers to the amino-terminal domains of the heavy or light chain of the antibody.
  • variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain may be referred to as “VH” and “VL”, respectively. These domains are generally the most variable parts of the antibody (relative to other antibodies of the same class) and contain the antigen binding sites.
  • variable refers to the fact that certain segments of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies.
  • the V domain mediates antigen binding and defines the specificity of a particular antibody for its particular antigen.
  • variability is not evenly distributed across the entire span of the variable domains. Instead, it is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions (HVRs) both in the light-chain and the heavy chain variable domains.
  • HVRs hypervariable regions
  • the more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework regions (FR).
  • the variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three HVRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure.
  • the HVRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the HVRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)).
  • the constant domains are not involved directly in the binding of antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations and/or post-translation modifications (e.g., isomerizations, amidations) that may be present in minor amounts.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site.
  • polyclonal antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes)
  • each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen.
  • the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they are synthesized by the hybridoma culture, uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins.
  • the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including, for example, the hybridoma method (e.g., Kohler and Milstein., Nature, 256:495-97 (1975); Hongo et al., Hybridoma, 14 (3): 253-260 (1995), Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual , (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2 nd ed.
  • naked antibody refers to an antibody that is not conjugated to a cytotoxic moiety or radiolabel.
  • full-length antibody “intact antibody” or “whole antibody” are used interchangeably to refer to an antibody in its substantially intact form, as opposed to an antibody fragment.
  • whole antibodies include those with heavy and light chains including an Fc region.
  • the constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variants thereof.
  • the intact antibody may have one or more effector functions.
  • an “antibody fragment” comprises a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding and/or the variable region of the intact antibody.
  • antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, Example 2; Zapata et al., Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments. Papain digestion of antibodies produced two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, and a residual “Fc” fragment, a designation reflecting the ability to crystallize readily.
  • the Fab fragment consists of an entire L chain along with the variable region domain of the H chain (V H ), and the first constant domain of one heavy chain (C H 1). Each Fab fragment is monovalent with respect to antigen binding, i.e., it has a single antigen-binding site. Pepsin treatment of an antibody yields a single large F(ab′) 2 fragment which roughly corresponds to two disulfide linked Fab fragments having different antigen-binding activity and is still capable of cross-linking antigen.
  • Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by having a few additional residues at the carboxy terminus of the C H 1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region.
  • Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group.
  • F(ab′) 2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • the Fc fragment comprises the carboxy-terminal portions of both H chains held together by disulfides.
  • the effector functions of antibodies are determined by sequences in the Fc region, the region which is also recognized by Fc receptors (FcR) found on certain types of cells.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and -binding site. This fragment consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable region domain in tight, non-covalent association. From the folding of these two domains emanate six hypervariable loops (3 loops each from the H and L chain) that contribute the amino acid residues for antigen binding and confer antigen binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three HVRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • Single-chain Fv also abbreviated as “sFv” or “scFv” are antibody fragments that comprise the V H and V L antibody domains connected into a single polypeptide chain.
  • the sFv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the V H and V L domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • “Functional fragments” of the antibodies of the invention comprise a portion of an intact antibody, generally including the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody or the Fc region of an antibody which retains or has modified FcR binding capability.
  • antibody fragments include linear antibody, single-chain antibody molecules and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • diabodies refers to small antibody fragments prepared by constructing sFv fragments (see preceding paragraph) with short linkers (about 5-10) residues) between the V H and V L domains such that inter-chain but not intra-chain pairing of the V domains is achieved, thereby resulting in a bivalent fragment, i.e., a fragment having two antigen-binding sites.
  • Bispecific diabodies are heterodimers of two “crossover” sFv fragments in which the V H and V L domains of the two antibodies are present on different polypeptide chains.
  • Diabodies are described in greater detail in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993).
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is(are) identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • chimeric antibodies immunoglobulins in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is(are) identical with or homolog
  • Chimeric antibodies of interest herein include PRIMATIZED® antibodies wherein the antigen-binding region of the antibody is derived from an antibody produced by, e.g., immunizing macaque monkeys with an antigen of interest.
  • PRIMATIZED® antibodies wherein the antigen-binding region of the antibody is derived from an antibody produced by, e.g., immunizing macaque monkeys with an antigen of interest.
  • humanized antibody is used a subset of “chimeric antibodies.”
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin.
  • a humanized antibody is a human immunoglobulin (recipient antibody) in which residues from an HVR (hereinafter defined) of the recipient are replaced by residues from an HVR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and/or capacity.
  • donor antibody such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and/or capacity.
  • framework (“FR”) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues.
  • humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody.
  • a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin sequence, and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence, although the FR regions may include one or more individual FR residue substitutions that improve antibody performance, such as binding affinity, isomerization, immunogenicity, etc.
  • the number of these amino acid substitutions in the FR are typically no more than 6 in the H chain, and in the L chain, no more than 3.
  • the humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin.
  • Fc immunoglobulin constant region
  • a “human antibody” is an antibody that possesses an amino-acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues.
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art, including phage-display libraries. Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991). Also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies are methods described in Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy , Alan R. Liss, p.
  • Human antibodies can be prepared by administering the antigen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce such antibodies in response to antigenic challenge, but whose endogenous loci have been disabled, e.g., immunized xenomice (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 regarding XENOMOUSETM technology). See also, for example, Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006) regarding human antibodies generated via a human B-cell hybridoma technology.
  • hypervariable region when used herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops.
  • antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3).
  • H3 and L3 display the most diversity of the six HVRs, and H3 in particular is believed to play a unique role in conferring fine specificity to antibodies.
  • HVR delineations are in use and are encompassed herein.
  • the Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)).
  • the AbM HVRs represent a compromise between the Kabat HVRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software.
  • the “contact” HVRs are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these HVRs are noted below.
  • HVRs may comprise “extended HVRs” as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (L1), 46-56 or 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 or 89-96 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2) and 93-102, 94-102, or 95-102 (H3) in the VH.
  • the variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra, for each of these definitions.
  • variable-domain residue-numbering as in Kabat or “amino-acid-position numbering as in Kabat,” and variations thereof, refers to the numbering system used for heavy-chain variable domains or light-chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., supra. Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, a FR or HVR of the variable domain.
  • a heavy-chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc. according to Kabat) after heavy-chain FR residue 82.
  • the Kabat numbering of residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence.
  • Framework or “FR” residues are those variable-domain residues other than the HVR residues as herein defined.
  • a “human consensus framework” or “acceptor human framework” is a framework that represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences.
  • the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences.
  • the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5 th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Examples include for the VL, the subgroup may be subgroup kappa I, kappa II, kappa III or kappa IV as in Kabat et al., supra.
  • the subgroup may be subgroup I, subgroup II, or subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra.
  • a human consensus framework can be derived from the above in which particular residues, such as when a human framework residue is selected based on its homology to the donor framework by aligning the donor framework sequence with a collection of various human framework sequences.
  • An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain pre-existing amino acid sequence changes. In some embodiments, the number of pre-existing amino acid changes are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • VH subgroup III consensus framework comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable heavy subgroup III of Kabat et al., supra.
  • the VH subgroup III consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS (HC-FR1)(SEQ ID NO:35), WVRQAPGKGLEWV (HC-FR2), (SEQ ID NO:36), RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR (HC-FR3, SEQ ID NO:37), WGQGTLVTVSA (HC-FR4), (SEQ ID NO:38).
  • VL kappa I consensus framework comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable light kappa subgroup I of Kabat et al., supra.
  • the VH subgroup I consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences: DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC (LC-FR1) (SEQ ID NO:39), WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY (LC-FR2) (SEQ ID NO:40), GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC (LC-FR3)(SEQ ID NO:41), FGQGTKVEIKR (LC-FR4)(SEQ ID NO:42).
  • amino-acid modification at a specified position, e.g. of the Fc region, refers to the substitution or deletion of the specified residue, or the insertion of at least one amino acid residue adjacent the specified residue. Insertion “adjacent” to a specified residue means insertion within one to two residues thereof. The insertion may be N-terminal or C-terminal to the specified residue.
  • the preferred amino acid modification herein is a substitution.
  • an “affinity-matured” antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more HVRs thereof that result in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody that does not possess those alteration(s).
  • an affinity-matured antibody has nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen.
  • Affinity-matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. For example, Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH- and VL-domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of HVR and/or framework residues is described by, for example: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci.
  • the term “specifically binds to” or is “specific for” refers to measurable and reproducible interactions such as binding between a target and an antibody, which is determinative of the presence of the target in the presence of a heterogeneous population of molecules including biological molecules.
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a target (which can be an epitope) is an antibody that binds this target with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other targets.
  • the extent of binding of an antibody to an unrelated target is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to the target as measured, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (RIA).
  • an antibody that specifically binds to a target has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ⁇ 1 ⁇ M, ⁇ 100 nM, ⁇ 10 nM, ⁇ 1 nM, or ⁇ 0.1 nM.
  • Kd dissociation constant
  • an antibody specifically binds to an epitope on a protein that is conserved among the protein from different species.
  • specific binding can include, but does not require exclusive binding.
  • Fc region herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, including native-sequence Fc regions and variant Fc regions.
  • the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain might vary, the human IgG heavy-chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof.
  • the C-terminal lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system) of the Fc region may be removed, for example, during production or purification of the antibody, or by recombinantly engineering the nucleic acid encoding a heavy chain of the antibody.
  • composition of intact antibodies may comprise antibody populations with all K447 residues removed, antibody populations with no K447 residues removed, and antibody populations having a mixture of antibodies with and without the K447 residue.
  • Suitable native-sequence Fc regions for use in the antibodies of the invention include human IgG1, IgG2 (IgG2A, IgG2B), IgG3 and IgG4.
  • Fc receptor or “FcR” describes a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody.
  • the preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR.
  • a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RII, and Fc ⁇ RIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors, Fc ⁇ RII receptors include Fc ⁇ RIIA (an “activating receptor”) and Fc ⁇ RIIB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof.
  • Activating receptor Fc ⁇ RIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM) in its cytoplasmic domain.
  • Inhibiting receptor Fc ⁇ RIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain.
  • ITAM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif
  • ITIM immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif
  • Fc receptor or “FcR” also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus.
  • FcRn the neonatal receptor
  • Methods of measuring binding to FcRn are known (see, e.g., Ghetie and Ward, Immunol. Today 18: (12): 592-8 (1997); Ghetie et al., Nature Biotechnology 15 (7): 637-40 (1997); Hinton et al., J. Biol. Chem.
  • Binding to FcRn in vivo and serum half-life of human FcRn high-affinity binding polypeptides can be assayed, e.g., in transgenic mice or transfected human cell lines expressing human FcRn, or in primates to which the polypeptides having a variant Fc region are administered.
  • WO 2004/42072 (Presta) describes antibody variants which improved or diminished binding to FcRs. See also, e.g., Shields et al., J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).
  • the phrase “substantially reduced,” or “substantially different,” as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of difference between two numeric values (generally one associated with a molecule and the other associated with a reference/comparator molecule) such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values).
  • the difference between said two values is, for example, greater than about 10%, greater than about 20%, greater than about 30%, greater than about 40%, and/or greater than about 50% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator molecule.
  • substantially similar denotes a sufficiently high degree of similarity between two numeric values (for example, one associated with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a reference/comparator antibody), such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values).
  • the difference between said two values is, for example, less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, and/or less than about 10% as a function of the reference/comparator value.
  • Carriers as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers that are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution.
  • physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEENTM, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICSTM.
  • buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids
  • antioxidants including ascorbic acid
  • proteins such as serum albumin,
  • a “package insert” refers to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of medicaments that contain information about the indications customarily included in commercial packages of medicaments that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications, other medicaments to be combined with the packaged product, and/or warnings concerning the use of such medicaments, etc.
  • treatment refers to clinical intervention designed to alter the natural course of the individual or cell being treated during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include decreasing the rate of disease progression, ameliorating or palliating the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis.
  • an individual is successfully “treated” if one or more symptoms associated with lupus nephritis are mitigated or eliminated, including, but are not limited to, elevated serum creatinine, proteinuria, red cell casts, reduced renal function, nephrotic syndrome, granular casts, microhematuria, macrohematuria, hypertension, tubular abnormalities, hyperkalemia, rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (RPGN), and acute renal failure (ARF).
  • symptoms associated with lupus nephritis including, but are not limited to, elevated serum creatinine, proteinuria, red cell casts, reduced renal function, nephrotic syndrome, granular casts, microhematuria, macrohematuria, hypertension, tubular abnormalities, hyperkalemia, rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (RPGN), and acute renal failure (ARF).
  • RPGN rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis
  • ARF acute renal failure
  • “delaying progression” of a disease means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize, and/or postpone development of the disease. This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual, e.g., an individual at risk for developing the disease, does not develop the disease. For example, the progression of SLE in an individual before the onset of LN symptoms and/or pathology may be delayed such that the development of LN is postponed or prevented.
  • CRR complete renal response
  • partial renal response refers to a response to treatment that is less than a CRR but still includes mitigation of one or more symptoms including without limitation a reduction in serum creatinine, reduced urinary sediment, and a reduction in proteinuria.
  • an “effective amount” is at least the minimum concentration required to effect a measurable improvement or prevention of a particular disorder.
  • An effective amount herein may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the patient, and the ability of the antibody to elicit a desired response in the individual.
  • An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the treatment are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • beneficial or desired results include results such as eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the onset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease.
  • beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing effect of another medication such as via targeting, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival.
  • an effective amount of the drug may have the effect in and/or relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder.
  • An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations.
  • an effective amount of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly.
  • an effective amount of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition.
  • an “effective amount” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
  • CD20 refers to the human B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 (also known as CD20, B-lymphocyte surface antigen B1, Leu-16, Bp35, BM5, and LF5; the sequence is characterized by the SwissProt database entry P11836) is a hydrophobic transmembrane protein with a molecular weight of approximately 35 kD located on pre-B and mature B lymphocytes. (Valentine, M. A., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264(19) (1989 11282-11287; Tedder, T. F., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A.
  • the corresponding human gene is Membrane-spanning 4-domains, subfamily A, member 1, also known as MS4A1. This gene encodes a member of the membrane-spanning 4A gene family. Members of this nascent protein family are characterized by common structural features and similar intron/exon splice boundaries and display unique expression patterns among hematopoietic cells and nonlymphoid tissues.
  • This gene encodes the B-lymphocyte surface molecule which plays a role in the development and differentiation of B-cells into plasma cells.
  • This family member is localized to 11q12, among a cluster of family members.
  • Alternative splicing of this gene results in two transcript variants which encode the same protein.
  • CD20 and CD20 antigen are used interchangeably herein, and include any variants, isoforms and species homologs of human CD20 which are naturally expressed by cells or are expressed on cells transfected with the CD20 gene. Binding of an antibody of the invention to the CD20 antigen mediate the killing of cells expressing CD20 (e.g., a tumor cell) by inactivating CD20. The killing of the cells expressing CD20 may occur by one or more of the following mechanisms: Cell death/apoptosis induction, ADCC and CDC.
  • CD20 Synonyms of CD20, as recognized in the art, include B-lymphocyte antigen CD20, B-lymphocyte surface antigen B1, Leu-16, Bp35, BM5, and LF5.
  • anti-CD20 antibody is an antibody that binds specifically to CD20 antigen.
  • two types of anti-CD20 antibodies can be distinguished according to Cragg, M. S., et al., Blood 103 (2004) 2738-2743; and Cragg, M. S., et al., Blood 101 (2003) 1045-1052, see Table 1 below.
  • Type I anti-CD20 antibodies type II anti-CD20 antibodies type I CD20 epitope type II CD20 epitope Localize CD20 to lipid rafts Do not localize CD20 to lipid rafts Increased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) Decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) ADCC activity (if IgG1 isotype) ADCC activity (if IgG1 isotype) Full binding capacity Reduced binding capacity Homotypic aggregation Stronger homotypic aggregation Apoptosis induction upon Strong cell death induction without cross-linking cross-linking
  • type II anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. humanized B-Ly1 antibody IgG1 (a chimeric humanized IgG1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859), 11B8 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/035607), and AT80 IgG1.
  • type II anti-CD20 antibodies of the IgG1 isotype show characteristic CDC properties.
  • Type II anti-CD20 antibodies have a decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) compared to type I antibodies of the IgG1 isotype.
  • type I anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. rituximab, HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma), 2C6 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2005/103081), 2F2 IgG1 (as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081) and 2H7 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/056312).
  • rituximab HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma)
  • 2C6 IgG1 as disclosed in WO 2005/103081
  • 2F2 IgG1 as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081
  • 2H7 IgG1 as disclosed in WO 2004/056312
  • the afucosylated anti-CD20 antibodies according to the invention are preferably type II anti-CD20 antibodies, more preferably afucosylated humanized B-Lyl antibodies as described in WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875.
  • the “rituximab” antibody (reference antibody; example of a type I anti-CD20 antibody) is a genetically engineered chimeric human gamma 1 murine constant domain containing monoclonal antibody directed against the human CD20 antigen. However this antibody is not glycoengineered and not afocusylates and thus has an amount of fucose of at least 85%.
  • This chimeric antibody contains human gamma 1 constant domains and is identified by the name “C2B8” in U.S. Pat. No. 5,736,137 (Andersen, et. al.) issued on Apr. 17, 1998, assigned to IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation.
  • Rituximab is approved for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refracting low-grade or follicular, CD20 positive, B cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma.
  • CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
  • ADCC antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • G101 antibody refers to any one of the following antibodies that bind human CD20: (1) an antibody comprising an HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, an HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, an HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; (2) an antibody comprising a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8, (3) an antibody comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; (4) an antibody known as obinutuzumab, or (5) an antibody that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 9
  • humanized B-Ly1 antibody refers to humanized B-Ly1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875, which were obtained from the murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 (variable region of the murine heavy chain (VH): SEQ ID NO: 11; variable region of the murine light chain (VL): SEQ ID NO: 12—see Poppema, S. and Visser, L., Biotest Bulletin 3 (1987) 131-139) by chimerization with a human constant domain from IgG1 and following humanization (see WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875).
  • VH murine heavy chain
  • VL variable region of the murine light chain
  • VH murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 heavy chain
  • VL murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 light chain
  • the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has variable region of the heavy chain (VH) selected from group of SEQ ID NO:7, 8, and 13 to 33 (corresponding to, inter alia, B-HH2 to B-HH9 and B-HL8 to B-HL17 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875).
  • VH variable region of the heavy chain
  • such variable domain is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS:14, 15, 7, 19, 25, 27, and 29 (corresponding to B-HH2, BHH-3, B-HH6, B-HH8, B-HL8, B-HL11 and B-HL13 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875).
  • the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has variable region of the light chain (VL) of SEQ ID NO:8 (corresponding to B-KV1 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875).
  • the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has a variable region of the heavy chain (VH) of SEQ ID NO:7 (corresponding to B-HH6 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875) and a variable region of the light chain (VL) of SEQ ID NO:8 (corresponding to B-KV1 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875).
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an IgG1 antibody.
  • such afocusylated humanized B-Ly1 antibodies are glycoengineered (GE) in the Fc region according to the procedures described in WO 2005/044859, WO 2004/065540, WO 2007/031875, Umana, P. et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180 and WO 99/154342.
  • the afucosylated glyco-engineered humanized B-Ly1 is B-HH6-B-KV1 GE.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab (recommended INN, WHO Drug Information, Vol. 26, No. 4, 2012, p. 453).
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an antibody comprising a heavy chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10 or an antigen-binding fragment thereof.
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the three heavy chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain variable region comprising the three light chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an afucosylated glyco-engineered humanized B-Ly1.
  • Such glycoengineered humanized B-Ly1 antibodies have an altered pattern of glycosylation in the Fc region, preferably having a reduced level of fucose residues.
  • the amount of fucose is 60% or less of the total amount of oligosaccharides at Asn297 (in one embodiment the amount of fucose is between 40% and 60%, in another embodiment the amount of fucose is 50% or less, and in still another embodiment the amount of fucose is 30% or less).
  • the oligosaccharides of the Fc region are preferably bisected.
  • the “ratio of the binding capacities to CD20 on Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86) of an anti-CD20 antibodies compared to rituximab” is determined by direct immunofluorescence measurement (the mean fluorescence intensities (MFI) is measured) using said anti-CD20 antibody conjugated with Cy5 and rituximab conjugated with Cy5 in a FACSArray (Becton Dickinson) with Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86), as described in Example No. 2, and calculated as follows:
  • ⁇ CCL ⁇ - ⁇ 86 ⁇ ⁇ MFI ⁇ ( Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ anti ⁇ - ⁇ CD ⁇ ⁇ 20 ⁇ ⁇ antibody ) MFI ⁇ ( Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ rituximab ) ⁇ Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ labeling ⁇ ⁇ ratio ⁇ ( Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ rituximab ) Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ labeling ⁇ ⁇ ratio ⁇ ( Cy ⁇ ⁇ 5 ⁇ - ⁇ anti ⁇ - ⁇ CD ⁇ ⁇ 20 ⁇ ⁇ antibody )
  • Cy5-labeling ratio as used herein means the number of Cy5-label molecules per molecule antibody.
  • said type II anti-CD20 antibody has a ratio of the binding capacities to CD20 on Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86) of said second anti-CD20 antibody compared to rituximab of 0.3 to 0.6, and in one embodiment, 0.35 to 0.55, and in yet another embodiment, 0.4 to 0.5.
  • said type II anti-CD20 antibody e.g., a GA101 antibody
  • ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • ADCC antibody having increased antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • Said “increased ADCC” can be obtained by, for example, mutating and/or glycoengineering of said antibodies.
  • the antibody is glycoengineered to have a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody that is bisected by GlcNAc, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.), Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180).
  • the antibody is glycoengineered to lack fucose on the carbohydrate attached to the Fc region by expressing the antibody in a host cell that is deficient in protein fucosylation (e.g., Lec13 CHO cells or cells having an alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene (FUT8) deleted or the FUT gene expression knocked down (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
  • protein fucosylation e.g., Lec13 CHO cells or cells having an alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene (FUT8) deleted or the FUT gene expression knocked down
  • the antibody sequence has been engineered in its Fc region to enhance ADCC (e.g., in one embodiment, such engineered antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues)).
  • CDC complement-dependent cytotoxicity
  • CDC can be measured by the treatment of a preparation of CD20 expressing cells with an anti-CD20 antibody according to the invention in the presence of complement. CDC is found if the antibody induces at a concentration of 100 nM the lysis (cell death) of 20% or more of the tumor cells after 4 hours.
  • the assay is performed with 51 Cr or Eu labeled tumor cells and measurement of released 51 Cr or Eu. Controls include the incubation of the tumor target cells with complement but without the antibody.
  • CD20 antigen is intended to indicate a significant level of expression of the CD20 antigen in a cell, e.g., a T- or B-Cell.
  • patients to be treated according to the methods of this invention express significant levels of CD20 on a B-cell.
  • CD20 expression on a B-cell can be determined by standard assays known in the art. e.g., CD20 antigen expression is measured using immunohistochemical (IHC) detection, FACS or via PCR-based detection of the corresponding mRNA.
  • IHC immunohistochemical
  • provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus by administering an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the individual has or is at risk for developing lupus nephritis.
  • the lupus nephritis is class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • the methods include administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the antibody comprises a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • the antibody comprises an antibody that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • anti-CD20 antibodies e.g., for use in methods for treating or preventing progression of lupus nephritis.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is a type II antibody.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is human or humanized.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is afucosylated.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is a GA101 antibody.
  • type II anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. humanized B-Ly1 antibody IgG1 (a chimeric humanized IgG1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859), 11B8 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/035607), and AT80 IgG1.
  • type II anti-CD20 antibodies of the IgG1 isotype show characteristic CDC properties.
  • Type II anti-CD20 antibodies have a decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) compared to type I antibodies of the IgG1 isotype.
  • type I anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. rituximab, HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma), 2C6 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2005/103081), 2F2 IgG1 (as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081) and 2H7 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/056312).
  • rituximab HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma)
  • 2C6 IgG1 as disclosed in WO 2005/103081
  • 2F2 IgG1 as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081
  • 2H7 IgG1 as disclosed in WO 2004/056312
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is a GA101 antibody described herein.
  • the anti-CD20 is any one of the following antibodies that bind human CD20: (1) an antibody comprising an HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of GYAFSY (SEQ ID NO:1), an HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of FPGDGDTD (SEQ ID NO:2), an HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of NVFDGYWLVY (SEQ ID NO:3), an HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of RSSKSLLHSNGITYLY (SEQ ID NO:4), an HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of QMSNLVS (SEQ ID NO:5), and an HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of AQNLELPYT (SEQ ID NO:6); (2) an antibody comprising a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8, (3) an antibody comprising a VH
  • the GA101 antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody comprises an HVR-H1, HVR-H2, HVR-H3, HVR-L1, HVR-L2, and HVR-L3 of any of the antibodies described herein, e.g., 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:7 and 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:8, 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:9 and 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:10, or any HVRs of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 2.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7, and a light chain variable region (VL) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • VH heavy chain variable region
  • VL light chain variable region
  • the anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9, and a light chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized B-Ly1 antibody.
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the three heavy chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain variable region comprising the three light chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody comprises an amino acid sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a polypeptide sequence listed in Table 2 below.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) is an afucosylated glyco-engineered antibody.
  • Such glycoengineered antibodies have an altered pattern of glycosylation in the Fc region, preferably having a reduced level of fucose residues.
  • the amount of fucose is 60% or less of the total amount of oligosaccharides at Asn297 (in one embodiment the amount of fucose is between 40% and 60%, in another embodiment the amount of fucose is 50% or less, and in still another embodiment the amount of fucose is 30% or less).
  • the oligosaccharides of the Fc region are preferably bisected.
  • These glycoengineered humanized anti-CD20 (e.g., B-Ly1) antibodies have an increased ADCC.
  • the oligosaccharide component can significantly affect properties relevant to the efficacy of a therapeutic glycoprotein, including physical stability, resistance to protease attack, interactions with the immune system, pharmacokinetics, and specific biological activity. Such properties may depend not only on the presence or absence, but also on the specific structures, of oligosaccharides. Some generalizations between oligosaccharide structure and glycoprotein function can be made. For example, certain oligosaccharide structures mediate rapid clearance of the glycoprotein from the bloodstream through interactions with specific carbohydrate binding proteins, while others can be bound by antibodies and trigger undesired immune reactions. (Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-81).
  • Mammalian cells are the preferred hosts for production of therapeutic glycoproteins, due to their capability to glycosylate proteins in the most compatible form for human application. (Cumming, D. A., et al., Glycobiology 1 (1991) 115-30; Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-81). Bacteria very rarely glycosylate proteins, and like other types of common hosts, such as yeasts, filamentous fungi, insect and plant cells, yield glycosylation patterns associated with rapid clearance from the blood stream, undesirable immune interactions, and in some specific cases, reduced biological activity. Among mammalian cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells have been most commonly used during the last two decades.
  • these cells allow consistent generation of genetically stable, highly productive clonal cell lines. They can be cultured to high densities in simple bioreactors using serum free media, and permit the development of safe and reproducible bioprocesses.
  • Other commonly used animal cells include baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells, NSO- and SP2/0-mouse myeloma cells. More recently, production from transgenic animals has also been tested. (Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-981).
  • All antibodies contain carbohydrate structures at conserved positions in the heavy chain constant regions, with each isotype possessing a distinct array of N-linked carbohydrate structures, which variably affect protein assembly, secretion or functional activity.
  • the structure of the attached N-linked carbohydrate varies considerably, depending on the degree of processing, and can include high-mannose, multiply-branched as well as biantennary complex oligosaccharides. (Wright, A., and Morrison, S. L., Trends Biotech. 15 (1997) 26-32).
  • IgG1 type antibodies the most commonly used antibodies in cancer immunotherapy, are glycoproteins that have a conserved N-linked glycosylation site at Asn297 in each CH2 domain.
  • ADCC antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity
  • GnTII17y ⁇ (1,4)-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase I11
  • chCE7 antineuroblastoma chimeric monoclonal antibody
  • the antibody chCE7 belongs to a large class of unconjugated monoclonal antibodies which have high tumor affinity and specificity, but have too little potency to be clinically useful when produced in standard industrial cell lines lacking the GnTIII enzyme (Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180). That study was the first to show that large increases of ADCC activity could be obtained by engineering the antibody producing cells to express GnTIII, which also led to an increase in the proportion of constant region (Fc)-associated, bisected oligosaccharides, including bisected, non-fucosylated oligosaccharides, above the levels found in naturally-occurring antibodies.
  • Fc constant region
  • the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) comprises a human Fc region (e.g., a human IgG1 Fc region).
  • the Fc region comprises an N-linked oligosaccharide that has been modified.
  • the N-linked oligosaccharides of the Fc region have reduced fucose residues as compared to an antibody with non-modified N-linked oligosaccharides.
  • the bisected oligosaccharide is a bisected complex oligosaccharide.
  • the N-linked oligosaccharides have been modified to have increased bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides.
  • the bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides are the hybrid type.
  • the bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides are the complex type.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) is a multispecific antibody or a bispecific antibody.
  • an antibody according to any of the above embodiments may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in Sections 1-7 below:
  • an antibody provided herein has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ⁇ 1 ⁇ M, ⁇ 100 nM, ⁇ 10 nM, ⁇ 1 nM, ⁇ 0.1 nM, ⁇ 0.01 nM, or ⁇ 0.001 nM (e.g. 10 ⁇ 8 M or less, e.g. from 10 ⁇ 8 M to 10 ⁇ 13 M, e.g., from 10 ⁇ 9 M to 10 ⁇ 13 M).
  • Kd dissociation constant
  • Kd is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA).
  • RIA radiolabeled antigen binding assay
  • an RIA is performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen.
  • solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of ( 125 I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881(1999)).
  • MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 ⁇ g/ml of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C.).
  • a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620)
  • 100 pM or 26 pM [ 125 I]-antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment of the anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res.
  • the Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 ⁇ l/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20TM; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNTTM gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
  • Kd is measured using a BIACORE® surface plasmon resonance assay.
  • a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) is performed at 25° C. with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ⁇ 10 response units (RU).
  • CM5 chips ⁇ 10 response units
  • carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips CM5, BIACORE, Inc.
  • EDC N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride
  • NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
  • Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 ⁇ g/ml ( ⁇ 0.2 ⁇ M) before injection at a flow rate of 5 ⁇ l/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20TM) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 ⁇ l/min.
  • TWEEN-20TM polysorbate 20
  • association rates (k on ) and dissociation rates (k off ) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams.
  • the equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio k off /k on . See, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 (1999).
  • an antibody provided herein is an antibody fragment.
  • Antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′) 2 , Fv, and scFv fragments, and other fragments described below.
  • Fab fragment antigen
  • Fab′ fragment antigen binding domain
  • Fab′-SH fragment antigen binding domain antigen binding domain antigen binding domain antigen binding domain antigen binding domain antigen binding domains
  • Fv fragment antigen binding domain antigen binding
  • scFv fragments see, e.g., Pluckthün, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies , vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., (Springer-Verlag, New York), pp. 269-315 (1994); see also WO 93/16185; and U.S. Pat.
  • Diabodies are antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites that may be bivalent or bispecific. See, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003).
  • Single-domain antibodies are antibody fragments comprising all or a portion of the heavy chain variable domain or all or a portion of the light chain variable domain of an antibody.
  • a single-domain antibody is a human single-domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, Mass.; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,516 B1).
  • Antibody fragments can be made by various techniques, including but not limited to proteolytic digestion of an intact antibody as well as production by recombinant host cells (e.g. E. coli or phage), as described herein.
  • recombinant host cells e.g. E. coli or phage
  • an antibody provided herein is a chimeric antibody.
  • Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)).
  • a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region.
  • a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody.
  • a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody.
  • a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences.
  • HVRs e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody
  • FRs or portions thereof
  • a humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region.
  • some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
  • a non-human antibody e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived
  • Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims et al. J. Immunol. 151:2296 (1993)); framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); and Presta et al. J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci.
  • an antibody provided herein is a human antibody.
  • Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008).
  • Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge.
  • Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes.
  • the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications , pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006).
  • Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas).
  • Human hybridoma technology Trioma technology
  • Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3):185-91 (2005).
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
  • Antibodies of the invention may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178:1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2001) and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554; Clackson et al., Nature 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol.
  • repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994).
  • Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments.
  • scFv single-chain Fv
  • Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas.
  • naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993).
  • naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992).
  • Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000, 2007/0117126, 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.
  • Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
  • an antibody provided herein is a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody.
  • Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites.
  • one of the binding specificities is for CD20 and the other is for any other antigen.
  • bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of CD20.
  • Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express CD20.
  • Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • Multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305: 537 (1983)), WO 93/08829, and Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 10: 3655 (1991)), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004A1); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
  • the antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to CD20 as well as another, different antigen (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).
  • DAF Double Acting FAb
  • amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody.
  • Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
  • antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided.
  • Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs.
  • Conservative substitutions are shown in Table A under the heading of “preferred substitutions.” More substantial changes are provided in Table A under the heading of “exemplary substitutions,” and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes.
  • Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
  • Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
  • substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody).
  • a parent antibody e.g. a humanized or human antibody
  • the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody.
  • An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).
  • Alterations may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)), and/or residues that contact antigen, with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity.
  • HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)
  • residues that contact antigen with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity.
  • Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al.
  • affinity maturation diversity is introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis).
  • a secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity.
  • Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
  • substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen.
  • conservative alterations e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein
  • Such alterations may, for example, be outside of antigen contacting residues in the HVRs.
  • each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
  • a useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244:1081-1085.
  • a residue or group of target residues e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu
  • a neutral or negatively charged amino acid e.g., alanine or polyalanine
  • Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions.
  • a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution.
  • Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues.
  • terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue.
  • Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
  • an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated.
  • Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
  • the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered.
  • Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997).
  • the oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure.
  • modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
  • antibody variants having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region.
  • the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%.
  • the amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e.g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example.
  • Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region (Eu numbering of Fc region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ⁇ 3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd).
  • Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336:1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng.
  • Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108 A1, Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 A1, Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
  • Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); and US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.). Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided.
  • Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function.
  • Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).
  • one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc region of an antibody provided herein, thereby generating an Fc region variant.
  • the Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions.
  • the invention contemplates an antibody variant that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious.
  • In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities.
  • Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks Fc ⁇ R binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability.
  • NK cells express Fc(RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc(RI, Fc(RII and Fc(RIII FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991).
  • in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc.
  • non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTITM non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.).
  • Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells.
  • ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998).
  • C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402.
  • a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol.
  • FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int'l. Immunol. 18(12):1759-1769 (2006)).
  • Antibodies with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056).
  • Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).
  • the Fc variants described herein further comprise one or more amino acid modifications for attenuating effector function (such as CDC and/or ADCC).
  • the modification to attenuate effector function is a modification that does not alter the glycosylation pattern of the Fc region.
  • the modification to attenuate effector function reduces or eliminates binding to human effector cells, binding to one or more Fc receptors, and/or binding to cells expressing an Fc receptor.
  • the Fc variants described herein comprise the following modifications: L234A, L235A and P329G in the Fc region of human IgG1, that result in attenuated effector function.
  • L234A, L235A, and P329G have previously been shown to reduce binding to Fc receptors and complement (see e.g., US Publication No. 2012/0251531).
  • Fc variants having reduced effector function refer to Fc variants that reduce effector function (e.g., CDC, ADCC, and/or binding to FcR, etc. activities) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more as compared to the effector function achieved by a wild-type Fc region (e.g., an Fc region not having a mutation to reduce effector function, although it may have other mutations).
  • Fc variants having reduced effector function refer to Fc variants that eliminate all detectable effector function as compared to a wild-type Fc region. Assays for measuring effector function are known in the art and described below.
  • In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities.
  • Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks Fc ⁇ R binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity).
  • the primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express Fc ⁇ RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RII and Fc ⁇ RIII FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991).
  • Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat.
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • NK Natural Killer
  • ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998).
  • C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity.
  • a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996); Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101:1045-1052 (2003); and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103:2738-2743 (2004)).
  • an antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues).
  • alterations are made in the Fc region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).
  • CDC Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity
  • Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al.). Those antibodies comprise an Fc region with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn.
  • Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).
  • cysteine engineered antibodies e.g., “thioMAbs”
  • one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues.
  • the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the antibody.
  • reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be used to conjugate the antibody to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein.
  • any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and 5400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region.
  • Cysteine engineered antibodies may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
  • an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available.
  • the moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers.
  • water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., g
  • Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water.
  • the polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched.
  • the number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
  • conjugates of an antibody and nonproteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided.
  • the nonproteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102: 11600-11605 (2005)).
  • the radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the nonproteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the antibody-nonproteinaceous moiety are killed.
  • Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567.
  • isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-CD20 antibody described herein is provided.
  • Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the VL and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody (e.g., the light and/or heavy chains of the antibody).
  • one or more vectors e.g., expression vectors
  • a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided.
  • a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody.
  • the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g. a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell or lymphoid cell (e.g., Y0, NS0, Sp20 cell).
  • a method of making an anti-CD20 antibody comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the antibody, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the antibody, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).
  • nucleic acid encoding an antibody is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell.
  • nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expression of antibody-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein.
  • antibodies may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed.
  • For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B.K.C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli .)
  • the antibody may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.
  • eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized,” resulting in the production of an antibody with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern. See Gerngross, Nat. Biotech. 22:1409-1414 (2004), and Li et al., Nat. Biotech. 24:210-215 (2006).
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIESTM technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
  • Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts.
  • mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful.
  • Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, Biol. Reprod.
  • monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK; buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells.
  • Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR ⁇ CHO cells (Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci.
  • Anti-CD20 antibodies provided herein may be identified, screened for, or characterized for their physical/chemical properties and/or biological activities by various assays known in the art.
  • an antibody of the invention is tested for its antigen binding activity, e.g., by known methods such as ELISA, Western blot, etc.
  • CD20 binding may be determined using methods known in the art and exemplary methods are disclosed herein.
  • binding is measured using radioimmunoassay.
  • An exemplary radioimmunoassay is provided below.
  • CD20 antibody is iodinated, and competition reaction mixtures are prepared containing a fixed concentration of iodinated antibody and decreasing concentrations of serially diluted, unlabeled CD20 antibody.
  • Cells expressing CD20 e.g., BT474 cells stably transfected with human CD20 are added to the reaction mixture.
  • iodinated CD20 antibody is assessed using flow cytometry.
  • Peripheral white blood cells are obtained (e.g., from human, cynomolgus monkey, rat or mouse) and cells are blocked with serum. Labeled CD20 antibody is added in serial dilutions, and T cells are also stained to identify T cell subsets (using methods known in the art).
  • CD20 binding may be analyzed using surface plasmon resonance.
  • An exemplary surface plasmon resonance method is exemplified in the Examples.
  • competition assays may be used to identify an antibody that competes with any of the anti-CD20 antibodies disclosed herein for binding to CD20.
  • a competing antibody binds to the same epitope (e.g., a linear or a conformational epitope) that is bound by any of the anti-CD20 antibodies disclosed herein.
  • epitope e.g., a linear or a conformational epitope
  • Detailed exemplary methods for mapping an epitope to which an antibody binds are provided in Morris (1996) “Epitope Mapping Protocols,” in Methods in Molecular Biology vol. 66 (Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.).
  • immobilized CD20 is incubated in a solution comprising a first labeled antibody that binds to CD20 (e.g., rituximab, a GA101 antibody, etc.) and a second unlabeled antibody that is being tested for its ability to compete with the first antibody for binding to CD20.
  • the second antibody may be present in a hybridoma supernatant.
  • immobilized CD20 is incubated in a solution comprising the first labeled antibody but not the second unlabeled antibody. After incubation under conditions permissive for binding of the first antibody to CD20, excess unbound antibody is removed, and the amount of label associated with immobilized CD20 is measured.
  • Anti-CD20 antibodies of the present disclosure may be identified and/or characterized by one or more activity assays known in the art.
  • a complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and/or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) may be used, as described herein.
  • any of the above assays may be carried out using anti-CD20 antibody and an additional therapeutic agent.
  • the invention also provides immunoconjugates comprising an anti-CD20 antibody herein conjugated to one or more cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes.
  • cytotoxic agents such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes.
  • an immunoconjugate is an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) in which an antibody is conjugated to one or more drugs, including but not limited to a maytansinoid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1); an auristatin such as monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF (MMAE and MMAF) (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,635,483 and 5,780,588, and 7,498,298); a dolastatin; a calicheamicin or derivative thereof (see U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • ADC antibody-drug conjugate
  • drugs including but not limited to a maytansinoid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1); an auristatin such as monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF (MMAE and
  • an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to an enzymatically active toxin or fragment thereof, including but not limited to diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa ), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes.
  • an enzymatically active toxin or fragment thereof including but not limited to diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain
  • an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to a radioactive atom to form a radioconjugate.
  • a variety of radioactive isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugates. Examples include At 211 , I 131 , I 125 , Y 90 , Re 186 , Re 188 , Sm 153 , Bi 212 , P 32 , Pb 212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu.
  • the radioconjugate When used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for scintigraphic studies, for example tc99m or I123, or a spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known as magnetic resonance imaging, mri), such as iodine-123 again, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
  • Conjugates of an antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis(p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5
  • a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987).
  • Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026.
  • the linker may be a “cleavable linker” facilitating release of a cytotoxic drug in the cell.
  • an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing linker (Chari et al., Cancer Res. 52:127-131 (1992); U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020) may be used.
  • the immunuoconjugates or ADCs herein expressly contemplate, but are not limited to such conjugates prepared with cross-linker reagents including, but not limited to, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMCC, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB (succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate) which are commercially available (e.g., from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., Rockford, Ill., U.S.A).
  • cross-linker reagents including, but not limited to, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC
  • Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis (LN) in an individual that has lupus.
  • the individual or patient is a human.
  • LN is known in the art as a manifestation of lupus (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced lupus, neonatal lupus, or discoid lupus) in the kidney(s).
  • the most common type of lupus that manifests in the kidneys is systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). It is thought that 25-50% of SLE patients have abnormalities in the urine and/or renal function early in the course of their disease, with up to 60% of adults and 80% of children eventually developing LN (for more details, see Cameron, J. S. (1999) J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 10:413-424). LN is thought to account for at least 50% of the morbidity and mortality associated with SLE.
  • SLE systemic lupus erythematosus
  • renal manifestations have also been noted in other types of lupus, such as discoid (Roujeau, J. C. et al. (1984) Acta Derm. Venereol. 64:160-163) and drug-induced lupus (Smith, P. R. et al. (1999) Rheumatology (Oxford) 38:1017-1018).
  • the individual has SLE, discoid lupus, or drug-induced lupus.
  • Diagnosis of SLE may be according to current American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria. Active disease may be defined by one British Isles Lupus Activity Group's (BILAG) “A” criteria or two BILAG “B” criteria; SLE Disease Activity Index (SLEDAI); or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) responder index (SRI) as noted in the Examples below and descrived in Furie et al., Arthritis Rheum. 61(9):1143-51 (2009). Some signs, symptoms, or other indicators used to diagnose SLE adapted from: Tan et al.
  • “The Revised Criteria for the Classification of SLE” Arth Rheum 25 (1982) may be malar rash such as rash over the cheeks, discoid rash, or red raised patches, photosensitivity such as reaction to sunlight, resulting in the development of or increase in skin rash, oral ulcers such as ulcers in the nose or mouth, usually painless, arthritis, such as non-erosive arthritis involving two or more peripheral joints (arthritis in which the bones around the joints do not become destroyed), serositis, pleuritis or pericarditis, renal disorder such as excessive protein in the urine (greater than 0.5 gm/day or 3+ on test sticks) and/or cellular casts (abnormal elements derived from the urine and/or white cells and/or kidney tubule cells), neurologic signs, symptoms, or other indicators, seizures (convulsions), and/or psychosis in the absence of drugs or metabolic disturbances that are known to cause such effects, and hematologic signs, symptoms, or other indicators such as hemolytic anemia
  • Autoantibodies may include without limitation anti-dsDNA antibodies, anti-complement antibodies, and antinuclear antibodies (e.g., an ENA panel).
  • ENA Extractable Nuclear Antigens, i.e., a group of nuclear antigens including, e.g., RNP, Ro/SS-A, La/SS-B, Sm, SCL-70, Jo-1, as described in McNeilage et al., J., Clin. Lab. Immunol. 15:1-17 (1984); Whittingham, Ann. Acad. Med.
  • the methods of the present disclosure may find use in delaying progression of LN, or preventing LN, in a patient with lupus. In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure may find use in postponing or preventing the onset of LN in a patient with lupus (e.g., a form of lupus that lacks a manifestation in the kidney(s)).
  • LN pathology may be classified according to the International Society of Nephrology/Renal Pathology Society (ISN/RPS) 2003 classification system, as shown in the table below (see Markowitz G S, D'Agati V D (2007) Kidney Int 71:491-495 and Weening, J J (2004) Kidney Int 65:521-530 for further descriptions and definitions of terms).
  • ISN/RPS International Society of Nephrology/Renal Pathology Society
  • Class Minimal mesangial LN I Normal glomeruli by light microscopy, but mesangial immune deposits by immunofluorescence
  • Class Mesangial proliferative LN II Purgely mesangial hypercellularity of any degree or mesangial matrix expansion by light microscopy, with mesangial immune deposits.
  • Class Focal LN III Active or inactive focal, segmental or global endo-or extracapillary glomerulonephritis involving ⁇ 50% of all glomeruli, typically with focal subendothelial immune deposits, with or without mesangial alterations
  • C) chronic inactive lesions with glomerular scars (focal sclerosing LN)
  • Class Diffuse LN IV Active or inactive diffuse, segmental or global endo-or extracapillary glomerulonephritis involving ⁇ 50% of all glomeruli, typically with diffuse subendothelial immune deposits, with or without mesangial alterations.
  • This class is divided into diffuse segmental (IV-S) LN when ⁇ 50% of the involved glomeruli have segmental lesions, and diffuse global (IV-G) LN when ⁇ 50% of the involved glomeruli have global lesions.
  • Segmental is defined as a glomerular lesion that involves less than half of the glomerular tuft.
  • Class Membranous LN V Global or segmental subepithelial immune deposits or their morphologic sequelae by light microscopy and by immuno- fluorescence or electron microscopy, with or without mesangial alterations.
  • the patient has class III or class IV LN. In some embodiments, the patient has class III LN. For example, in some embodiments, the patient has class III(A) or class III(A/C) LN. In some embodiments, the patient has class IV LN. For example, in some embodiments, the patient has class IV-S(A), IV-G(A), IV-S(A/C), or IV-G(A/C) LN. As shown in Table 3 above, class V LN may also occur concomitantly with class III or class IV LN. In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure are used to treat a patient with class III or class IV LN and concomitant class V LN.
  • the patient is at risk for developing LN.
  • the patient is at risk for developing class III or class IV LN.
  • the patient is at risk for developing class III or class IV LN with concomitant class V LN.
  • the patient does not have class III(C) LN (e.g., as described in Table 3 above).
  • the patient does not have class IV(C) LN, such as class IV-S(C) or IV-G(C) LN (e.g., as described in Table 3 above).
  • serum creatinine may be measured.
  • the normal range for serum creatinine may be from about 0.6 to about 1.3 mg/dL, with some variation seen by age, between men and women, and from lab to lab.
  • the presence of urinary sediment and/or casts may be measured, e.g., by microscopic examination of urine. For example, the number of red blood cells in a urine sample may be assayed by microscopic examination.
  • a normal value for urinary sediment may be about 4 red blood cells (RBC) or less per high power field (HPF).
  • Urinary casts may include without limitation red blood cell casts, white blood cell casts, renal tubular epithelial cell casts, waxy casts, hyaline casts, granular casts, and fatty casts.
  • a urinary protein to creatinine ratio may be measured.
  • the presence of protein in the urine may also be assayed by tests including without limitation a urine albumin to creatinine ratio (UACR) and dipstick urinalysis.
  • Other tests and/or measures that may be useful for examining renal function include without limitation a renal panel, creatinine clearance, sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, phosphorus, calcium, albumin, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), creatinine, glucose, estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR), BUN/creatinine ratio, and anion gap, and may include a measurement of the above parameters in the blood and/or urine, where appropriate.
  • BUN blood urea nitrogen
  • eGFR estimated glomerular filtration rate
  • anion gap e.g., the American College of Rheumatology Guidelines for Screening, Case Definition, Treatment and Management of Lupus Nephritis (Hahn, B. et al. (2012) Arthritis Care Res. 64:797-808).
  • the methods of the present disclosure include administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure e.g., a GA101 antibody such as obinutuzumab.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 18 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 19 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 20 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 21 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 22 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 23 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 24 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 25 weeks after the first antibody exposure, or about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until less than about any of the following weeks after the first antibody exposure: 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, or 19.
  • the second antibody exposure is not provided until greater than about any of the following weeks after the first antibody exposure: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25. That is, the second antibody exposure is not provided until any of a range of weeks having an upper limit of 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, or 19 and an independently selected lower limit of 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, wherein the lower limit is less than the upper limit.
  • an antibody exposure of the present disclosure may include one or two doses.
  • references to a second antibody exposure not provided until a period of time has elapsed after a first antibody exposure refer to the amount of time elapsed between the dose of the first antibody exposure (e.g., Day 1) and the dose of the second antibody exposure. If the first antibody exposure includes two doses, the first dose of the first antibody exposure is provided on Day 1.
  • references to a second antibody exposure not provided until a period of time has elapsed after a first antibody exposure refer to the amount of time elapsed between the first of the two doses of the first antibody exposure (e.g., Day 1) and the first dose of the two doses of the second antibody exposure.
  • a method of the present disclosure includes a first antibody exposure with two doses and a second antibody exposure with two doses, and the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 22 weeks after the first antibody exposure, then the interval between the first dose of the first antibody exposure and the first dose of the second antibody exposure is about 22 weeks.
  • a first antibody exposure of the present disclosure includes one or two doses of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure contains a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure contains a total exposure of about 1800 mg, about 1900 mg, about 2000 mg, about 2100 mg, or about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the first antibody exposure includes two doses. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure includes a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first dose of the first antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • a second antibody exposure of the present disclosure includes one or two doses of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • the second antibody exposure contains a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure contains a total exposure of about 1800 mg, about 1900 mg, about 2000 mg, about 2100 mg, or about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the second antibody exposure includes two doses. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure includes a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first dose of the second antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure is administered intravenously (e.g., by IV infusion).
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an immunosuppressive agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • an immunosuppressive agent e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • immunosuppressive agents include without limitation cytostatics (e.g., cytotoxic agents such as antibiotics, alkylating agents (e.g., cyclophosphamide, also known as cytophosphane), inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors, antimetabolites such as protein synthesis inhibitors, folic acid analogs, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, and the like), immunosuppressive antibodies, glucocorticoids, drugs targeting immunophilins (e.g., tacrolimus, sirolimus, rapamycin and analogs thereof, ciclosporin, and the like), mTOR active site inhibitors, mycophenolic acid and derivatives or salt
  • the immunosuppressive agent includes mycophenolic acid, a derivative of mycophenolic acid, or a salt of mycophenolic acid. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes mycophenolate mofetil. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes CellCept® (Roche). In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes Myfortic® (Novartis). Effective amounts of the immunosuppressive agents of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered at 2.0-2.5 g/day as illustrated in FIG. 1 . In some embodiments, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered starting at 1000 mg/day in divided doses (2 times/day) and titrating up to 2.0-2.5 g/day in divided doses (2 times/day) by week 4.
  • an immunosuppressive agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for lupus. In some embodiments, an immunosuppressive agent may be administered throughout the period of treatment with a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered as described above throughout the period of treatment with the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • glucocorticoids/corticosteroids include methylprednisolone.
  • the glucocorticoids/corticosteroid includes prednisone.
  • Effective amounts of the glucocorticoids/corticosteroids of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays.
  • methylprednisolone may be administered at 750-1000 mg doses once daily by IV.
  • prednisone may be administered orally at 0.5 mg/kg and optionally tapered to 7.5 mg/day.
  • a glucocorticoid may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., to treat LN clinical activity.
  • a glucocorticoid may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • 80 mg methylprednisolone may be administered by IV 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • prednisone e.g., orally administered
  • methyl prednisolone e.g., IV administered
  • a maintenance treatment e.g., mycophenolate mofetil or cyclophosphamide
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an antihistamine (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • an antihistamine e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • Antihistamines known in the art and currently in clinical use include histamine H 1 -receptor and histamine H 2 -receptor antagonists or inverse agonists.
  • the antihistamine includes diphenhydramine. Effective amounts of the antihistamines of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, diphenhydramine may be administered in 50 mg oral doses.
  • an antihistamine may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a prophylactic treatment. In some embodiments, an antihistamine may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, 50 mg diphenhydramine may be administered orally 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug or NSAID (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • NSAIDs known in the art include acetic acid derivatives, propionic acid derivatives, salicylates, enolic acid derivatives, anthranilic acid derivatives, selective COX-2 inhibitors, sulfonanilides, and the like.
  • the NSAID includes acetaminophen. Effective amounts of the NSAIDs of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, acetaminophen may be administered in 650-1000 mg oral doses.
  • an NSAID may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a prophylactic treatment. In some embodiments, an NSAID may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, 650-1000 mg acetaminophen may be administered orally 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an anti-malarial agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • an anti-malarial agent e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • anti-malarial agents include without limitation hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, and quinacrine.
  • an anti-malarial agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an integrin antagonist (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • an integrin antagonist e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • integrin antagonists include without limitation an LFA-1 antibody, such as efalizumab (RAPTI ⁇ VA®) commercially available from Genentech, or an alpha 4 integrin antibody such as natalizumab (ANTEGREN®) available from Biogen, or diazacyclic phenylalanine derivatives, phenylalanine derivatives, phenylpropionic acid derivatives, enamine derivatives, propanoic acid derivatives, alkanoic acid derivatives, substituted phenyl derivatives, aromatic amine derivatives, ADAM disintegrin domain polypeptides, antibodies to alphavbeta3 integrin, aza-bridged bicyclic amino acid derivatives, etc.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a cytokine antagonist (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • cytokine antagonists include without limitation an antagonist (e.g., an antagonist antibody) against IL-1, IL-1 ⁇ , IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15; a tumor necrosis factor such as TNF- ⁇ or TNF- ⁇ ; and other polypeptide factors including LIF and kit ligand (KL).
  • a cytokine antagonist may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a hormone (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • a hormone e.g., for hormone replacement therapy
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering a standard of care treatment (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • a standard of care treatment may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., for treating or preventing one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • a standard of care treatment may be administered after a second antibody exposure of the present disclosure.
  • a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure may be administered as described herein to a patient as an induction therapy, then the patient may be treated according to standard of care as a maintenance therapy.
  • Standard of care treatments for lupus are well known in the art and include without limitation an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-receptor blocker, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil (e.g., at a dose as described herein, such as 2.0-2.5 g/day), azathioprine, and a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid (e.g., prednisone, such as a prednisone taper).
  • ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme
  • an angiotensin-receptor blocker e.g., angiotensin-receptor blocker
  • mycophenolate mofetil e.g., at a dose as described herein, such as 2.0-2.5 g/day
  • azathioprine e.g., at a dose as described herein, such as 2.0-2.5 g/day
  • azathioprine e.
  • the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an anti-hypertensive agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein).
  • an anti-hypertensive agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., for treating or preventing hypertension.
  • anti-hypertensive agents includes without limitation ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers.
  • an anti-hypertensive agent listed in Table 5 is administered, e.g., at a dose within the ranges described in Table 5.
  • a CRR comprises all of the following: a normalization of serum creatinine, an inactive urinary sediment, and a urinary protein to creatinine ratio of ⁇ 0.5.
  • a normalization of serum creatinine is characterized by serum creatinine less than or equal to the upper limit of normal (ULN) range of central laboratory values, and/or serum creatinine 15% above baseline and less than or equal to the ULN range of central laboratory values if baseline (e.g., Day 1) serum creatinine is within the normal range of the central laboratory values.
  • an inactive urinary sediment is characterized by ⁇ 10 RBCs/high-power field (HPF) and/or the absence of red cell casts.
  • HPF high-power field
  • CRR and PRR partial renal response
  • a PRR comprises one or more of the following: a normalization of serum creatinine, an inactive urinary sediment, and a urinary protein to creatinine ratio of ⁇ 0.5.
  • a PRR comprises one or more of the following: mitigation of one or more symptoms including without limitation a reduction in serum creatinine, reduced urinary sediment, a reduction in proteinuria, and any other improvement in renal function.
  • a CRR or PRR comprises a reduction in one or more biomarkers of lupus activity, including without limitation anti-dsDNA antibodies, antinuclear antibodies/ENA, anti-complement antibodies, reduced levels of complement C3 and/or C4, and reduced complement activity (e.g., as measured by CH50 assay).
  • the methods of the present disclosure result in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in an individual.
  • circulating peripheral B cells are present in peripheral blood at about 10 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 9 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 8 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 7 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 6 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 5 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 4 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 3 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, about 2 cells/ ⁇ l, or fewer, or about 1 cell/ ⁇ l, or fewer.
  • circulating peripheral B cells in the individual are depleted by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or about 100%.
  • depletion of circulating peripheral B cells refers to a measurement of circulating peripheral B cells taken after a first antibody exposure (e.g., including 1 or 2 doses of an anti-CD20 antibody as described herein), after a second antibody exposure (e.g., including 1 or 2 doses of an anti-CD20 antibody as described herein), 3 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), 6 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), 9 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), or 12 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), e.g., as compared to a corresponding measurement in the same individual before treatment, or as compared to a corresponding measurement in a control individual (e.g., an individual that has not received treatment).
  • a first antibody exposure
  • Methods for assaying depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in an individual are known in the art, e.g., flow cytometry using one or more antibodies that recognize a B cell marker.
  • highly sensitive flow cytometry HSFC
  • the B cells are CD19+ B cells.
  • the B cells are na ⁇ ve B cells (e.g., CD19+CD27 ⁇ B cells), memory B cells (e.g., CD19+CD27+ B cells), or plasmablasts (e.g., CD19+CD27+CD38++ B cells).
  • na ⁇ ve B cells e.g., CD19+CD27 ⁇ B cells
  • memory B cells e.g., CD19+CD27+ B cells
  • plasmablasts e.g., CD19+CD27+CD38++ B cells.
  • an article of manufacture or kit containing materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container.
  • Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, IV solution bags, etc.
  • the containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic.
  • the container holds a composition which is by itself or combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle).
  • At least one active agent in the composition is an antibody described herein (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure).
  • the label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice, e.g., according to any of the methods described herein.
  • the article of manufacture or kit may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • kits comprising a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and an optional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, a package insert comprising instructions for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, e.g., wherein the instructions indicate that at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody are administered to the individual, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • kits comprising a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and an optional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, a package insert comprising instructions for treating or delaying progression of class III or class IV lupus nephritis in an individual.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • the article of manufacture may still further comprise a second or third container comprising a second medicament, wherein the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure) is a first medicament, where the article further comprises instructions on the package insert for treating the subject with the second medicament.
  • the anti-CD20 antibody e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure
  • Exemplary second medicaments include a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, a hormone, and any of the treatments that may be used in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein.
  • the article of manufacture in these embodiments may further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition.
  • any of the above articles of manufacture may include an immunoconjugate of the invention in place of or in addition to an anti-CD20 antibody.
  • This Phase II study is designed to assess the safety and efficacy of obinutuzumab (i.e., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) as an add-on therapy to mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) in patients with active ISN/RPS Class III/IV lupus nephritis (LN).
  • MMF mycophenolate mofetil
  • the Phase II study is a parallel-group, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study comparing the efficacy and safety of obinutuzumab plus MMF with placebo plus MMF in Class III and IV patients with proliferative LN ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the study is also a prospective, multicenter study. Patients diagnosed with ISN/RPS Class III or IV LN, in some embodiments with a diagnosis of SLE according to current ACR criteria (at least 4 criteria must be present, one of which must be a positive anti-nuclear antibody), are enrolled in centers throughout the world.
  • the study includes standard-of-care therapy with angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors/angiotensin II receptor blockers, MMF (dosed at 2.0-2.5 g/day), and a prednisone taper.
  • ACE angiotensin-converting enzyme
  • patients are 18-75 years of age and have ISN/RPS 2003 Class III or IV proliferative LN (see Weening, J J (2004) J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 15:241-250) as evidenced by renal biopsy performed within 6 months prior to screening and may have concomitant Class V disease (e.g., Class III/V or Class IV/V).
  • Class III/V Class III/V or Class IV/V
  • Patients with Class III (C) or Class IV (C) disease are excluded because of the lower likelihood of response within these categories.
  • Inclusion criteria for the study include:
  • Patients receive an initial 1000 mg of methylprednisolone intravenously (IV) prior to or during screening, and may receive up to 3000 mg methylprednisolone IV prior to randomization for severe clinical activity according to guidelines of routine care for these patients.
  • Patients receive 80 mg methylprednisolone (or methylprednisolone placebo) IV on the day of the obinutuzumab/placebo infusion to reduce infusion-related events.
  • the oral prednisone taper is 0.5 mg/kg and is reduced over 12 weeks. This modified taper is initiated in recognition that prednisone doses above 10 mg/day are associated with significant adverse events, including increased risk of cardiovascular events (Bichile, T. and Petri, M. (2014) Presse Med.
  • HSFC high sensitivity flow cytometry
  • the dosing regimen for the study is obinutuzumab administered by IV infusion at a dose of 1000 mg on Days 1, 15, 168, and 182 (test group); or obinutuzumab placebo (e.g., saline IV, corresponding to the obinutuzumab1000-mg dose) administered by IV infusion on Days 1, 15, 168, and 182.
  • the obinutuzumab/placebo is administered in a hospital or clinic environment where full resuscitation facilities are immediately available and under close supervision of the investigator or designee. After the end of the infusion, the IV line remains in place for at least 1 hour to enable administration of IV drugs if necessary. If no adverse events occur during this period of time, the IV line may be removed.
  • patients who are not already receiving MMF receive 1500 mg/day MMF in divided doses (2-3 times/day), and all patient doses are titrated up to a target dose of 2.0-2.5 g/day in divided doses (2-3 times/day) by Week 4, as tolerated. If reductions in dose are necessary, decreases are allowed in 250-500 mg decrements.
  • patients may receive 750-1000 mg methylprednisolone IV once daily for up to three days to treat underlying LN clinical activity.
  • Patients receive 0.5 mg/kg oral prednisone during screening or at randomization, tapering this prednisone dose, per protocol, starting on Day 16 and reducing the prednisone dosage to 7.5 mg/day by Week 12. These treatments are described in further detail below.
  • MMF Mycophenolate Mofetil
  • MMF Mobility Management Function
  • Newly diagnosed patients with LN with no prior exposure to MMF are recommended to initiate an induction agent (MMF or cyclophosphamide) and then be re-assessed for eligibility.
  • MMF or cyclophosphamide Newly diagnosed patients with LN with no prior exposure to MMF are recommended to initiate an induction agent (MMF or cyclophosphamide) and then be re-assessed for eligibility.
  • MMF or cyclophosphamide Newly diagnosed patients with LN with no prior exposure to MMF are recommended to initiate an induction agent (MMF or cyclophosphamide) and then be re-assessed for eligibility.
  • MMF or cyclophosphamide Newly diagnosed patients with LN with no prior exposure to MMF
  • MMF will be titrated upward, as tolerated, to a goal of 2.5 g/day, given in divided doses, by Week 4.
  • a patient's current dose of MMF is given in 2 or 3 divided doses and increased by 500 mg/week as tolerated.
  • Methylprednisolone e.g., Solu-Medrol®
  • IRRs infusion-related reactions
  • Up to three doses of IV methylprednisolone 1000 mg are given on the basis of investigator judgement and local practice. Up to three 1000 mg infusions may have been initiated prior to screening or during the screening interval.
  • oral prednisone may be initiated before or during the screening interval, and a taper commences on Day 2. From Days 2 to 16, 0.50 mg/kg/day oral prednisone is given (maximum dose 60 mg), except on the day of IV methylprednisolone/placebo infusions, and will continue until Day 16. From Day 16 onward, a prednisone taper commences.
  • corticosteroids To maintain consistency in the treatment of renal flares, retreatment with higher doses of corticosteroids is permitted if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator and if patients meet criteria for a renal flare.
  • Patients may be treated with prednisone (up to 0.5 mg/kg; not to exceed 60 mg/day) for 2 weeks.
  • Prednisone is then tapered to achieve 10 mg/day within 6 weeks after initial corticosteroid increase.
  • Patients are allowed to receive corticosteroids for emergent illness (trauma, severe asthma) or surgery, if clinically warranted; the corticosteroid use is limited to a total of ⁇ 7 days, if possible.
  • Investigators are then allowed to increase the prednisone dose by ⁇ 2.5 mg/day to treat symptoms of adrenal insufficiency or corticosteroid withdrawal, after the patient's dosage has been tapered to 10 mg/day.
  • Patients who experience a severe extra-renal SLE flare may receive treatment with additional oral corticosteroids, if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator. These patients may be retreated with prednisone (up to 1.0 mg/kg) for up to 2 weeks on the basis of the severity of disease and organ system involvement and the dosage is tapered to 7.5 mg/day. Patients experiencing a mild or moderate extra-renal flare may temporarily increase their prednisone dose by up to 20 mg per day and taper this dose over 4 weeks, if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator. IV corticosteroids in equivalent doses are allowed if gastrointestinal involvement temporarily precludes treatment with oral corticosteroids.
  • All patients who are not currently taking either an ACE inhibitor or an angiotensin-receptor blocker should be started on one at screening. Patients are on either an ACE inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker for at least 10 days prior to randomization. Combination therapy with the two agents is not allowed.
  • ACE inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker may be titrated upward to the maximum recommended dose in the current package insert to achieve adequate blood pressure control as recommended by the Eighth Report of the Joint National Committee on the Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (James, P. A. et al. (2014) JAMA 311:507-520). If adequate blood pressure control is not achieved, patients may be started on additional antihypertensive agents but not on agents that affect proteinuria (e.g., nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers, aldosterone antagonists, direct renin antagonists).
  • agents that affect proteinuria e.g., nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers, aldosterone antagonists, direct renin antagonists.
  • renin-angiotensin system Additional agents that specifically target the renin-angiotensin system are not initiated during the study. Suggested dose ranges for specific ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers are listed in Table 5. If patients are intolerant to ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers, they may use either a direct renin inhibitor or aldosterone antagonists, but not in combination.
  • the primary objective of this proof-of-concept study is to measure complete renal response (CRR) at 52 weeks with administration of obinutuzumab.
  • CRR complete renal response
  • the ability of obinutuzumab plus MMF to achieve a CRR at week 52 is compared to placebo plus MMF and assessed by improvements in renal function, urinary sediment, and proteinuria.
  • Secondary objectives include evaluations of the safety of obinutuzumab in this patient population, the ability of obinutuzumab to induce an overall response (CRR+PRR) at Week 52, the ability of obinutuzumab to improve time-to-response (CRR+PRR) over the course of 52 weeks, and the ability of obinutuzumab to improve biomarkers of LN disease activity (e.g., reduced anti-dsDNA antibody levels, increased C3 and C4 levels; see Tew, G. W. et al. (2010) Lupus 19:146-157).
  • CR+PRR overall response
  • CR+PRR time-to-response
  • biomarkers of LN disease activity e.g., reduced anti-dsDNA antibody levels, increased C3 and C4 levels; see Tew, G. W. et al. (2010) Lupus 19:146-157.
  • the primary efficacy outcome measure is the proportion of subjects who achieve a CRR, evaluated at 52 weeks.
  • CRR is defined by attainment of all of the following:
  • the secondary efficacy outcome measures are the following:
  • mCRR1 refers to attainment of normalization of serum creatinine as evidenced by the following:
  • the pharmacodynamic (PD) objective is to compare changes in CD19+ B cells in the peripheral blood following treatment with obinutuzumab versus placebo.
  • Levels of circulating CD19+ B-cells are measured at screening and Days 15, 28, 84, 168, 364, and 728.
  • the pharmacokinetic (PK) objectives are to characterize the pharmacokinetics of obinutuzumab in the LN population and to assess potential PK interactions between obinutuzumab and concomitant medications, including mycophenolate mofetil (MMF).
  • MMF mycophenolate mofetil
  • Non-linear mixed-effects modeling (with software NONMEM) is used to analyze the dose-concentration-time data of obinutuzumab.
  • the PK profile data is used to further develop a PK model, including the effect of major covariates (e.g., sex, race/ethnicity, weight, biochemical and hematological parameters at baseline, degree of underlying disease), on the main parameters (e.g., clearance).
  • Serum obinutuzumab is summarized (mean, minimum, maximum, SD, and geometric mean) and reported.
  • the exploratory objectives for the study include evaluation of pre-dose levels of exploratory biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell subsets and levels of protein and/or mRNA in serum, blood, and urine) and potential associations with outcome, evaluation of changes in exploratory biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell subsets and levels of protein and/or mRNA in serum, blood, and urine) over time in patients dosed with obinutuzumab versus placebo, evaluation of the occurrence of extrarenal flares, evaluation of the impact of therapy on patient and physician-reported outcomes, and assessment of renal biopsy histopathology (e.g., for the presence of CD19+ B cells at the screening and/or subsequent biopsies).
  • the exploratory outcome measures include:
  • Hematology hemoglobin, hematocrit, RBC, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, WBC (absolute and differential), and quantitative platelet count
  • Blood chemistry AST/SGOT, ALT/SGPT, alkaline phosphatase, amylase, lipase, total protein, albumin, cholesterol, total bilirubin, urea, uric acid, creatinine, random glucose, potassium, sodium, chloride, calcium, phosphorus, lactic dehydrogenase, CPK, and triglycerides
  • Urinalysis dipstick for blood, nitrate, protein, and glucose and urine microscopy
  • 24-hour urine collection analyzed for total protein, total creatinine, and creatinine clearance) to be performed at randomization and at Months 3, 6, 9, and 12
  • Flow cytometry B cell (including CD19, CD27, CD38, and IgD), T cell (CD3, CD4, CD8),
  • Antibody titers antibody titers to common antigens (rubella, tetanus, influenza, S. pneumoniae ); and
  • Pregnancy test urine pregnancy test performed at screening and prior to each study drug infusion. Infusion is not administered unless test is negative. At all other timepoints, urine pregnancy test is performed on the basis of menstrual history and pregnancy risk.
  • samples are sent for analysis: cells from blood and urine for B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers (including but not limited to CD19+ B cells and mRNA associated with B-cell activity), serum and urine for B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell activating factor or BAFF), and renal biopsy slides for immunohistopathology assessment.
  • B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers including but not limited to CD19+ B cells and mRNA associated with B-cell activity
  • serum and urine for B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers including but not limited to B-cell activating factor or BAFF
  • renal biopsy slides for immunohistopathology assessment.
  • patients Prior to each infusion of either study drug or placebo, patients receive prophylactic treatment with acetaminophen (650-1000 mg) and diphenhydramine (50 mg; or equivalent dose of a similar agent) by mouth, given 30-60 minutes before the start of the infusion period.
  • acetaminophen 650-1000 mg
  • diphenhydramine 50 mg; or equivalent dose of a similar agent
  • the patients who are receiving obinutuzumab receive 80 mg methylprednisolone IV and patients who are receiving placebo receive placebo-methylprednisolone IV given 30-60 minutes before the start of the obinutuzumab/placebo infusion.
  • the infusion rate should be reduced to half of the initial infusion rate (in compliance with non-Hodgkin's lymphoma protocol infusion rates and schedules). After the reaction has resolved, the infusion should be kept at the reduced rate for an additional 30 minutes. If the reduced rate is tolerated, then the infusion rate may be increased to the next closest rate on the infusion schedule. Patients who experience a severe IRR should have their infusion interrupted immediately and should receive aggressive symptomatic treatment. The infusion should not be restarted until all of the symptoms have disappeared. Upon restarting the infusion, the rate should be half of that which precipitated the reaction. Instructions for administration of obinutuzumab infusions are provided in Table 6 below.
  • infusion rate in 100-mg/hr increments every Resume the infusion at a 50% reduction in 30 minutes to a maximum of 400 mg/hr. rate (the rate being used at the time that the If an infusion reaction develops, stop or slow hypersensitivity or infusion-related reaction the infusion. Administer infusion-reaction occurred) if the reaction has resolved, medications and supportive care in accordance with institutional protocol. Resume the infusion at a 50% reduction in rate (the rate being used at the time that the hypersensitivity or infusion-related reaction occurred) if the reaction has resolved.
  • All renal biopsies and reports that are obtained as part of study entry are photomicrographed and sent to an online central reading portal for oversight of the histopathologic assessment performed by the local renal histopathologist.
  • An expert panel assesses these biopsies and adjudicates a final interpretation. Every effort is made to complete this process while patients are in screening but is not mandatory for completion of screening activities.
  • All new biopsies obtained during screening or during the study are processed in a manner to enable immunohistochemical staining of the tubulointerstitium for the presence of B cells. The study encourages but does not mandate the performance of repeat renal biopsies for patients that have not achieved a CRR, and seeks to enrich for study centers that perform repeat renal biopsies.
  • RA Rheumatoid Arthritis
  • SLE Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
  • RTX rituximab
  • OBZ was at least 2-fold more efficient than RTX at inducing B-cell cytotoxicity in in-vitro whole blood assays. Dissecting this difference it was found that RTX elicited more potent complement-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (CDC) than OBZ. In contrast, OBZ was more effective at evoking Fc gamma receptor (Fc ⁇ R)-mediated effector mechanisms including activation of NK cells and neutrophils. OBZ was also more efficient at inducing direct cell death.
  • Fc ⁇ R Fc gamma receptor
  • Fluorochrome-conjugated mAb were procured from Becton Dickinson biosciences or Biolegend, U.K.): CD3 (phycoerythrin [PE]-Cy 7), CD15 (fluorescein isothiocyanate, FITC): CD16 (Allophycoyanin, APC), CD19 (Alexa Fluor 700), CD45 (PE), CD56 (PE), CD 107a (Brilliant Violet 421), CD11b (PE), CD62L (APC), propidium iodide and Annexin V (FITC). Flow cytometry was performer using a Becton Dickinson LSR Fortessa cell analyzer.
  • Lymphocytes were identified based on forward- and side-scatter characteristics.
  • B cells were identified as CD19+ or CD20+, T cells as CD3+ and NK cells as CD3-56+.
  • Neutrophils were identified based on forward- and side-scatter characteristics and CD15 positively.
  • the mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) of CD11b and CD62L in samples incubated with mAbs was compared with that in samples incubated without antibodies.
  • peripheral blood mononuclear cells PBMC
  • PBMC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • % B-cell depletion was calculated from the proportion of B cells to T cells remaining after treatment and defined as the cytotoxicity index (CTI) as described previously (Mossner E. et al. Blood. 2010; 115(22):4393-402, and Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55).
  • CTI cytotoxicity index
  • CDC assays were performed as previously described (Cragg M. S. et al. Blood. 2004; 103(7):2738-43). Isolated B cells were incubated with mAbs at a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL for 30 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 . Samples were stained with fluorescence conjugated anti-CD19 antibodies, Annexin V (Av) and propidium iodide (PI) and the frequency of CD19+Av+PI+ cells assessed by flow cytometry. Freshly collected normal healthy human serum was used as a source of complement. To define the activity relating to complement, part of the serum was heat inactivated (HIS) at 56° C. for 30 minutes. The ability of mAbs to activate complement and lyse target cells was assessed by the relative frequency of CD19+Av+PI+ cells in samples incubated either with normal healthy serum or HIS.
  • HIS heat inactivated
  • Isolated B-cells were incubated in RPMI supplemented with 10% heat inactivated foetal calf serum with or without mAbs at a concentration of 10 ⁇ g/mL for 6 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • the frequency of CD19+Av+cells in samples with mAbs compared with that in samples without mAbs represented the ability of mAbs to induce direct cell death.
  • NK cell degranulation was assessed using samples from the whole blood B-cell depletion assay by measuring the expression of CD107a or LAMP-1 (a lysosome associated membrane protein 1), which is up regulated upon activation of NK cells and correlates with NK cell mediated ADCC (Alter G. et al. J Immunol Methods. 2004; 294(1-2):15-22, and Aktas E. et al. Cell Immunol. 2009; 254(2):149-54). Therefore, the frequency of CD3 ⁇ 56+107a+ NK cells in samples with mAbs were compared with that in samples incubated without mAbs.
  • CD107a or LAMP-1 a lysosome associated membrane protein 1
  • NK cells Activation of NK cells is associated with an increased activity of metalloproteinase, which cleaves CD16 reducing its expression upon NK cell activation (Romee R. et al. Blood. 2013; 121(18):3599-608). Therefore the extent of CD16 loss was also used as an indirect measure of NK cell activation (Grzywacz B. et al. Leukemia. 2007; 21(2):356-9; author reply 9, and Bowles J. A. et al. Blood. 2006; 108(8):2648-54).
  • Neutrophil activation was assessed in the whole blood assay by measuring increases in CD11b or decreases in CD62L on CD15+neutrophils by flow cytometry (Golay J. et al. Blood. 2013; 122(20):3482-91, and Wittmann S. et al. Cytometry A. 2004; 57(1):53-62).
  • the ability of mAbs to induce neutrophil activation was assessed by comparing the mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) of CD11b and CD62L on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs.
  • MFI mean fluorescent intensity
  • Type II mAbs are More Efficient than Type I at Inducing B-Cell Cytotoxicity
  • the median CTI of OBZ was significantly greater than the CTI of OBZ Gly and RTX and the CTI of OBZ Gly was significantly higher than the CTI of RTX in both RA and SLE.
  • the median (interquartile range) CTI of RTX, OBZ Gly and OBZ was 29 (13-50), 60 (47-70) and 67 (60-77), respectively and in SLE was 19 (11-39), 40 (31-53) and 59 (52-70), respectively.
  • RTX is More Efficient than OBZ at Inducing Complement-Dependent Cellular Cytotoxicity
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Activating NK Cells
  • correlations were stronger in RA compared to SLE. Taken together, these data suggest disease related defects in the activation of NK cells in SLE may contribute to inefficient B-cell depletion noted in whole blood depletion assays ( FIG. 2A ) and that baseline activation status of NK cells may influence response to activation by mAbs in both RA and SLE ( FIGS. 4B and 4C ).
  • CD3-CD56+CD107a+ NK cells were significantly lower in samples incubated with OBZ when compared with other samples.
  • the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD16+NK cells was also lower in samples incubated with OBZ Gly compared to RTX in RA, but not SLE ( FIG. 5D ).
  • the ability of mAbs to up-regulate the expression of CD107a on CD3-CD56+ NK cells was greater in RA compared with SLE, such that the mean fold difference in samples incubated with RTX, OBZ-PG LALA, OBZ Gly and OBZ when compared with samples incubated without mAbs was 1.2, 1.5, 1.9 and 3.1, respectively, in RA and 1.5, 0.8, 1.4 and 1.8, respectively, in SLE ( FIG. 5C ).
  • FIG. 5A the pattern of B-cell depletion achieved by mAbs in RA and SLE
  • FIGS. 5B and 5D there was no direct correlation between % B-cell depletion achieved by mAbs and the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ NK cells in individual samples (data not shown).
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Activating Neutrophils
  • neutrophils In addition to NK cells, neutrophils have also been proposed as mAb effector cells (Golay J. et al. Blood. 2013; 122(20):3482-91). Therefore, next, the ability of mAbs to induce neutrophil activation was assessed by measuring the expression of CD11b and CD62L, as described previously (Wittmann S. et al. Cytometry A. 2004; 57(1):53-62) and shown in FIG. 9 .
  • CD11b forms part of the ⁇ integrin (Mac-1) complex and several genetic variants of this complex have been associated with lupus-related phagocytic defects (Bologna L. et al. J Immunol. 2011; 186(6):3762-9).
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Inducing Direct Cell Death
  • DCD direct cell death
  • Annexin V assay as shown in FIG. 10 .
  • the proportion of Annexin V+ cells was highest for DN cells>IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells>IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells>IgD+CD27 ⁇ na ⁇ ve cells, even in samples incubated without mAbs. Nonetheless, OBZ was superior to RTX at inducing DCD.
  • B-cell subpopulations displayed varying ability to internalize mAbs such that IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells internalized mAbs less than other B-cell subpopulations; and IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells internalized mAbs to a greater extent than other B-cell subpopulations.
  • Antagonizing the effects of Fc ⁇ RIIb with AT10 significantly reduced internalization in both cases.
  • IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells had significantly greater expression of CD20 and Fc ⁇ RIIb and displayed significantly greater ability to internalize mAbs whereas na ⁇ ve and IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells had significantly lower expression of CD20 and Fc ⁇ RIIb and displayed significantly lower levels of internalization.
  • DN cells had remarkably variable levels of expression of CD20 and Fc ⁇ RIIb, but internalized RTX to a significantly greater extent than IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells.
  • B cells from both RA and SLE samples consistently displayed low levels of OBZ internalization. Taking these data together, there was no clear relationship between the susceptibility of B-cell subpopulations to mAb-induced DCD and the ability to internalize mAbs or to express CD20 or Fc ⁇ RIIb.
  • Obinutuzumab a type II anti-CD20 mAb with a glycomodified Fc demonstrated at least 2-fold greater potency at deleting B-cells from whole blood samples of patients with both RA and SLE compared to the RTX.
  • This increased activity of OBZ was affected predominantly through Fc gamma receptor (Fc ⁇ R)-mediated effector mechanisms and DCD.
  • Fc ⁇ R Fc gamma receptor
  • RTX recruited complement more efficiently for CDC, but was rapidly internalized and significantly less efficient at evoking ADCC and DCD.
  • the subsequent analysis revealed that the expression of the CD20 target molecule was less on IgD-CD27+ switched memory and DN cells; perhaps accounting for their relative resistance to removal by RTX.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Medicines Containing Antibodies Or Antigens For Use As Internal Diagnostic Agents (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Acyclic And Carbocyclic Compounds In Medicinal Compositions (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus. In some embodiments, the methods comprise administering to the individual an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody. The invention also provides methods for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual. In some embodiments, the methods comprise administering an effective amount of an anti-CD20 antibody.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application claims the priority benefit of U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/159,876, filed May 11, 2015; and 62/300,052, filed Feb. 25, 2016; each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
  • SUBMISSION OF SEQUENCE LISTING ON ASCII TEXT FILE
  • The content of the following submission on ASCII text file is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety: a computer readable form (CRF) of the Sequence Listing (file name: 146392032200SeqList.txt, date recorded: May 5, 2016, size: 37 KB).
  • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • Provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus by administering a type II anti-CD20 antibody. Also provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual by administering an anti-CD20 antibody.
  • BACKGROUND
  • Lupus is an autoimmune disease involving antibodies that attack connective tissue. The disease is estimated to affect nearly 1 million Americans, primarily women between the ages of 20-40. The principal form of lupus is a systemic one (systemic lupus erythematosus; SLE). SLE has an incidence of about 1 in 700 women between the ages of 20 and 60. SLE can affect any organ system and can cause severe tissue damage. Untreated lupus can be fatal as it progresses from attack of skin and joints to internal organs, including lung, heart, and kidneys, with renal disease, termed lupus nephritis (LN), being the primary concern. Lupus mainly appears as a series of flare-ups, with intervening periods of little or no disease manifestation.
  • LN is one of the most acute areas of damage associated with pathogenicity in SLE, and accounts for at least 50% of the mortality and morbidity of the disease. Currently, there are no really curative treatments for patients who have been diagnosed with SLE or LN. From a practical standpoint, physicians generally employ a number of powerful immunosuppressive drugs such as high-dose corticosteroids, e.g., prednisone, or azathioprine or cyclophosphamide, which are given during periods of flare-ups, but may also be given persistently for those who have experienced frequent flare-ups. Even with effective treatment, which reduces symptoms and prolongs life, many of these drugs have potentially harmful side effects to the patients being treated. As such, there remains a need for more effective treatments against LN with fewer harmful side effects.
  • Two anti-CD20 antibodies have been tested in clinical studies for efficacy in treating lupus nephritis. Rituximab, a type I anti-CD20 antibody, failed to meet its primary endpoint of overall response (weighted toward complete renal response, or CRR) but resulted in a 15.3% increase in partial renal response (PRR) (Rovin, B. H. et al. (2012) Arthritis Rheum. 64:1215-1226). Ocrelizumab, another type I anti-CD20 antibody, was terminated, in part, because of an imbalance of serious infectious events (Mysler, E. F. et al. (2013) Arthritis Rheum. 65:2368-2379).
  • Obinutuzumab, a type II anti-CD20 antibody, has been shown to produce superior B cell depletion, as compared to rituximab. Significantly greater B cell depletion was observed with obinutuzumab treatment, compared to rituximab treatment, in cynomolgous monkeys (Mossner, E. et al. (2010) Blood 115:4393-4402). Therefore, there remains a need for testing the efficacy of type II anti-CD20 antibodies in treating or preventing LN in patients with lupus.
  • All references cited herein, including patent applications and publications, are incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • SUMMARY
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, comprising administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the individual has lupus. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 4.5 months to about 6.5 months after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments, the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus. In some embodiments, the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE. In some embodiments, the methods are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until from about 10 days to about 17 days after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 14 after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 10 days to about 17 days after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 14 days after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure and the second antibody exposure are administered intravenously. In some embodiments, the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody; wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and wherein the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus. In some embodiments, the methods are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE. In some embodiments, the methods are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising administering to the individual a dose of about 1000 mg of a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6, and wherein the dose is administered to the individual once on days 1, 15, 168, and 182. In certain aspects, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising administering to the individual a dose of about 1000 mg of a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6, and wherein the dose is administered to the individual once on weeks 0, 2, 24, and 26. In some embodiments, week 0 corresponds to day 1. In some embodiments, the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is administered intravenously. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the individual does not have class III (C) or class IV (C) lupus nephritis. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the individual has class V lupus nephritis. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an immunosuppressive agent. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolic acid, a derivative thereof, or a salt thereof. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolate mofetil. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid. In some embodiments, the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises methylprednisolone. In some embodiments, the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises prednisone. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihistamine. In some embodiments, the antihistamine comprises diphenhydramine. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID). In some embodiments, the NSAID comprises acetaminophen. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual a standard of care treatment. In some embodiments, the standard of care treatment comprises treatment with one or more of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-receptor blocker, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil, azathioprine, and a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid. In some embodiments, the standard of care treatment is administered after the first antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody and/or after the second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the methods further include administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihypertensive agent. In some embodiments, the antihypertensive agent is an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor or an angiotensin-receptor blocker. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the method results in a complete renal response (CRR) in the individual. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual. In some embodiments, the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized or human antibody. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is nonfucosylated (e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,883,980). In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the heavy chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the light chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the individual or patient is a human.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are kits or articles of manufacture for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising (a) a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and (b) a package insert with instructions for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, wherein the instructions indicate that at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody are administered to the individual, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the kits or articles of manufacture further include (c) a second medicament, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a first medicament; and (d) instructions on the package insert for administering the second medicament to the subject. In some embodiments, the second medicament is an immunosuppressive agent, a glucocorticoid, a corticosteroid, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, or a hormone. In some embodiments, the heavy chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7. In some embodiments, the light chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments, the kits or articles of manufacture are for preventing lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE. In some embodiments, the kits or articles of manufacture are for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has SLE.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments, the antibody is administered intravenously. In some embodiments, the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual. In some embodiments, the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells. In some embodiments, the antibody is a humanized or human antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7. In some embodiments, the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a modified Fc region. In some embodiments, the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region. In some embodiments, the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are compositions for use in treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, the compositions comprising an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments, the composition is administered intravenously. In some embodiments, administering the composition results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual. In some embodiments, the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells. In some embodiments, the antibody is a humanized or human antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7. In some embodiments, the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a modified Fc region. In some embodiments, the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region. In some embodiments, the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the individual or patient is a human.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein is use of an anti-CD20 antibody for the manufacture of a medicament for use in treatment of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • In certain aspects, provided herein are kits or articles of manufacture for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, comprising (a) a container comprising an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and (b) a package insert with instructions for administering an effective amount of anti-CD20 antibody to treat or delay progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual. In some embodiments, the package insert includes instructions for administering the antibody intravenously. In some embodiments, the antibody is a humanized or human antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7. In some embodiments, the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the antibody is obinutuzumab. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a modified Fc region. In some embodiments, the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function. In some embodiments, the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region. In some embodiments, the human IgG1 Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
  • It is to be understood that one, some, or all of the properties of the various embodiments described herein may be combined to form other embodiments of the present invention. These and other aspects of the invention will become apparent to one of skill in the art. These and other embodiments of the invention are further described by the detailed description that follows.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 shows the study design for a Phase II study examining obinutuzumab+mycophenolate mofetil vs. placebo+mycophenolate mofetil. EP=endpoint; MMF=mycophenolate mofetil.
  • FIG. 2A-2D show whole blood B-cell-depletion, internalization and complement-dependent cellular cytotoxicity elicited by Obinutuzumab or Rituximab in RA and SLE patient samples. FIG. 2A shows whole blood samples from patients with RA (n=31) and SLE (n=34). Samples were incubated with or without anti-CD20 mAbs, RTX, OBZGly and OBZ for 24 hours before flow cytometry to analyze B cell death. Values are the mean of triplicate wells. The horizontal line in the box represents the median, the box represents the interquartile range and the whiskers represent the range. FIG. 2B shows the frequency of surface accessible mAbs. The frequency was assessed by flow cytometry after six hours of incubation with isolated B cells from patients with RA (n=5) and SLE (n=8) with or without prior incubation with anti-FcγRII blocking mAb, AT10. The horizontal line represents the median. FIG. 2C shows CDC induced by RTX and OBZ. Isolated B cells (Healthy control (HC), n=2; RA, n=2 and SLE, n=3) were incubated with RTX or OBZ for 30 minutes with normal healthy serum (NHS) or heat inactivated serum (HIS) before analyzing for the frequency of lysed CD19+Av+PI+ B cells. FIG. 2D shows the fold increase in CD19+Av+PI+ cells in samples incubated with NHS vs HIS representing the efficiency of CDC by mAbs. RTX, rituximab; OBZ, Obinutuzumab; RA, rheumatoid arthritis; SLE, systemic lupus erythematosus. HC, Healthy control * p<0.05; **, p<0.005; ***, p<0.0001 and ns, not significant.
  • FIG. 3A-3G show the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess NK cell degranulation, describing the relationship between NK cell expression of CD107a and CD16. Whole blood samples were incubated with or without mAbs for 24 hours before analyzing by flow cytometry. NK cells were identified based on forward- and side-scatter properties and expression of CD56 but not CD3. The frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ cells represented activated/degranulated NK cells. FSC, forward-scatter; SSC, side-scatter. FIG. 3A shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. side scatter. FIG. 3B shows flow cytometry gating of CD56 vs. CD3. FIG. 3C shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a. FIG. 3D shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD16. Three subpopulations of CD3-CD56+ NK cells were identified based on the relative expression of CD16 (boxed as high, medium, and low). The relative frequency of activated CD107a+NK cells differed in these 3 subpopulations based on CD16 expression in a hierarchical manner CD16++<CD16+<CD16−. FIG. 3E shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the high box. FIG. 3F shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the medium box. FIG. 3G shows flow cytometry gating of forward scatter vs. CD107a for the low box.
  • FIG. 4A-4D show that OBZ is more efficient than RTX at activating NK cells in RA and SLE patient samples. NK cell activation was assessed in whole blood samples from patients with RA (n=18) and SLE (n=23) incubated for 24 hours in the presence or absence of mAbs. *, p<0.05; **, p<0.005; ***, p<0.0001; ns, not significant and Spearman correlation coefficient, r2 was considered significant when p was at least <0.05. FIG. 4A shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+NK cells in the lymphocyte gate, CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and CD3-CD56-CD16+NK cells as a percentage of total NK cells or CD19+ cells. Horizontal lines represent the median. FIG. 4B shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and the fold increase in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells and the frequency of CD3−CD56+16+NK cells in samples incubated with RTX and OBZ, from patients with RA and SLE. Horizontal lines represent the median. FIG. 4C shows the relationship between the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in samples incubated with or without RTX and OBZ in samples from patients with RA (n=18). FIG. 4D shows the relationship between the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in samples incubated with or without RTX and OBZ in samples from patients with SLE (n=23).
  • FIG. 5A-5D show that Obinutuzumab is more efficient than Rituximab at evoking NK cell-mediated cellular cytotoxicity in RA and SLE patient samples. FIG. 5A shows a whole blood B-cell depletion assay showing the percentage B-cell depletion by RTX, OBZGly and OBZ in samples from patients with RA (n=18) and SLE (n=23). Box and whiskers represent the interquartile range and the range, the horizontal line in the box represents the median. FIG. 5B shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in whole blood samples from patients with RA and SLE after 24-hour incubation with or without mAbs, analyzed by flow cytometry. FIG. 5C shows the relative increase in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells in whole blood samples incubated with or without mAbs, analyzed by flow cytometry. FIG. 5D shows the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD16+NK cells in whole blood samples from patients with RA (n=18) and SLE (n=23) after 24 hour incubation with or without mAbs, analyzed by flow cytometry. For the bar graphs, the error bars represent the median and interquartile ranges. * p<0.05; **, p<0.005; ***, p<0.0001; and ns, not significant.
  • FIG. 6A-6D show that Obinutuzumab is more efficient than Rituximab at activating neutrophils in RA and SLE patient samples. FIG. 6A shows the mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) of CD11b on CD15+ neutrophils after 24 hour incubation of whole blood samples from patients with RA (n=10) and SLE (n=22) incubated with or without mAbs (1 μg/ml). The Median and interquartile ranges are represented by the error bars. FIG. 6B shows the relationship between the MFI of CD11b on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs in RA and SLE samples. FIG. 6C shows the MFI of CD62L on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs in RA and SLE samples. FIG. 6D shows the relationship between the MFI of CD62L on CD15+ neutrophils, in samples incubated with or without mAbs in RA (n=10) and SLE (n=22) samples. * p<0.05; **, p<0.005; ***, p<0.0001. Spearman correlation coefficient, r2 was considered significant when p was at least <0.05.
  • FIG. 7A-7D show assessment of direct cell death, internalization and expression of CD20 and FcγRIIb in B-cell subpopulations from RA and SLE samples. FIG. 7A shows the frequency of Annexin V+ cells as a proportion of all CD19+ B cells and also B-cell subpopulations based on the relative expression of IgD and CD27: (IgD+CD27-naïve cells; IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells; IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells; and IgD-CD27-double negative cells); in samples from patients with RA (n=5) and SLE (n=4) incubated with or without mAbs. FIG. 7B shows the mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) of CD20 on all CD19+ cells and B-cell subpopulations in samples from patients with SLE (n=9). FIG. 7C shows a surface fluorescence-quenching assay. The frequency of surface accessible mAbs after 6 hours of incubation with isolated B-cells, with or without prior incubation with anti-FcγRII mAb, AT10 from patients with SLE (n=9), in all CD19+ B-cells and B-cell subpopulations. FIG. 7D shows the MFI of FcγRIIb on all CD19+ B-cells and B-cell subpopulations in samples from patients with SLE (n=9). For the bar graphs, the error bars represent the median and interquartile ranges. Box and whiskers represent the interquartile range and the horizontal line in the box represents the median. * p<0.05; **, p<0.005; ***, p<0.0001.
  • FIG. 8 shows the gating strategy for the complement-dependent cytotoxicity assay, and CDC by RTX and OBZ. Isolated B cells were incubated with mAbs either with NHS or HIS for 30 minutes at room temperature before analyzing by flow cytometry. The frequency of An V+PI+ cells represented cell death. HIS, heat inactivated serum; NHS, normal healthy serum; RTX, rituximab; OBZ, Obinutuzumab; An V, Annexin V and PI, propidium iodide.
  • FIG. 9 shows the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess neutrophil activation. After 24 hours of incubation, whole blood samples were analysed by flow cytometry. Neutrophils were identified by forward- and side-scatter and CD15 positively. The mean fluorescence intensity of CD11b and CD62L was analyzed on gated neutrophils positive for CD15.
  • FIG. 10 shows the flow cytometry-gating strategy to assess direct cell death. After 6 hours of incubation with or without mAbs at 37° C. and 5% CO2, isolated B-cells were analyzed by flow cytometry. CD19+ B-cells were categorized into naïve (IgD+CD27−), unswitched memory cells (IgD+CD27+), switched memory cells (IgD-CD27+) and double negative cells (IgD-CD27−). The frequency of Annexin V+ cells represented direct cell death.
  • FIG. 11 shows the inherent susceptibility to spontaneous cell death in B-cell subpopulations. Isolated B-cells incubated in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum for 6 hours at at 37° C. and 5% CO2 were analyzed by flow cytometry. The frequency of Annexin V+ cells represented direct cell death in CD19+ cells as a whole and also in B-cell subpopulations categorized into naïve (IgD+CD27−), unswitched memory cells (IgD+CD27+), switched memory cells (IgD-CD27+) and double negative cells (IgD-CD27−). Av, Annexin V; * p<0.05; ***, p<0.0001; ns, not significant.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • In one aspect, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, including administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the individual has lupus. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure includes one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure containing a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure includes one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure containing a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • In another aspect, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, including administering to the individual an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody includes a heavy chain containing HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain containing HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments, the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
  • In another aspect, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
  • I. GENERAL TECHNIQUES
  • The techniques and procedures described or referenced herein are generally well understood and commonly employed using conventional methodology by those skilled in the art, such as, for example, the widely utilized methodologies described in Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual 3d edition (2001) Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.; Current Protocols in Molecular Biology (F. M. Ausubel, et al. eds., (2003)); the series Methods in Enzymology (Academic Press, Inc.): PCR 2: A Practical Approach (M. J. MacPherson, B. D. Hames and G. R. Taylor eds. (1995)), Harlow and Lane, eds. (1988) Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual, and Animal Cell Culture (R. I. Freshney, ed. (1987)); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (M. J. Gait, ed., 1984); Methods in Molecular Biology, Humana Press; Cell Biology: A Laboratory Notebook (J. E. Cellis, ed., 1998) Academic Press; Animal Cell Culture (R. I. Freshney), ed., 1987); Introduction to Cell and Tissue Culture (J. P. Mather and P. E. Roberts, 1998) Plenum Press; Cell and Tissue Culture: Laboratory Procedures (A. Doyle, J. B. Griffiths, and D. G. Newell, eds., 1993-8) J. Wiley and Sons; Handbook of Experimental Immunology (D. M. Weir and C. C. Blackwell, eds.); Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J. M. Miller and M. P. Calos, eds., 1987); PCR: The Polymerase Chain Reaction, (Mullis et al., eds., 1994); Current Protocols in Immunology (J. E. Coligan et al., eds., 1991); Short Protocols in Molecular Biology (Wiley and Sons, 1999); Immunobiology (C. A. Janeway and P. Travers, 1997); Antibodies (P. Finch, 1997); Antibodies: A Practical Approach (D. Catty., ed., IRL Press, 1988-1989); Monoclonal Antibodies: A Practical Approach (P. Shepherd and C. Dean, eds., Oxford University Press, 2000); Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual (E. Harlow and D. Lane (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1999); The Antibodies (M. Zanetti and J. D. Capra, eds., Harwood Academic Publishers, 1995); and Cancer: Principles and Practice of Oncology (V. T. DeVita et al., eds., J. B. Lippincott Company, 1993).
  • II. DEFINITIONS
  • The term “lupus nephritis (LN)” refers to a manifestation of lupus (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced lupus, neonatal lupus, or discoid lupus) in the kidney(s).
  • The term “antibody” includes monoclonal antibodies (including full length antibodies which have an immunoglobulin Fc region), antibody compositions with polyepitopic specificity, multispecific antibodies (e.g., bispecific antibodies, diabodies, and single-chain molecules, as well as antibody fragments (e.g., Fab, F(ab′)2, and Fv). The term “immunoglobulin” (Ig) is used interchangeably with “antibody” herein.
  • The basic 4-chain antibody unit is a heterotetrameric glycoprotein composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. An IgM antibody consists of 5 of the basic heterotetramer units along with an additional polypeptide called a J chain, and contains 10 antigen binding sites, while IgA antibodies comprise from 2-5 of the basic 4-chain units which can polymerize to form polyvalent assemblages in combination with the J chain. In the case of IgGs, the 4-chain unit is generally about 150,000 daltons. Each L chain is linked to an H chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the two H chains are linked to each other by one or more disulfide bonds depending on the H chain isotype. Each H and L chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each H chain has at the N-terminus, a variable domain (VH) followed by three constant domains (CH) for each of the α and γ chains and four CH domains for μ and ε isotypes. Each L chain has at the N-terminus, a variable domain (VL) followed by a constant domain at its other end. The VL is aligned with the VH and the CL is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain (CH1). Particular amino acid residues are believed to form an interface between the light chain and heavy chain variable domains. The pairing of a VH and VL together forms a single antigen-binding site. For the structure and properties of the different classes of antibodies, see e.g., Basic and Clinical Immunology, 8th Edition, Daniel P. Sties, Abba I. Terr and Tristram G. Parsolw (eds), Appleton & Lange, Norwalk, Conn., 1994, page 71 and Chapter 6. The L chain from any vertebrate species can be assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda, based on the amino acid sequences of their constant domains. Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains (CH), immunoglobulins can be assigned to different classes or isotypes. There are five classes of immunoglobulins: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG and IgM, having heavy chains designated α, δ, ε, γ and μ, respectively. The γ and α classes are further divided into subclasses on the basis of relatively minor differences in the CH sequence and function, e.g., humans express the following subclasses: IgG1, IgG2A, IgG2B, IgG3, IgG4, IgA1 and IgA2.
  • The “variable region” or “variable domain” of an antibody refers to the amino-terminal domains of the heavy or light chain of the antibody. The variable domains of the heavy chain and light chain may be referred to as “VH” and “VL”, respectively. These domains are generally the most variable parts of the antibody (relative to other antibodies of the same class) and contain the antigen binding sites.
  • The term “variable” refers to the fact that certain segments of the variable domains differ extensively in sequence among antibodies. The V domain mediates antigen binding and defines the specificity of a particular antibody for its particular antigen. However, the variability is not evenly distributed across the entire span of the variable domains. Instead, it is concentrated in three segments called hypervariable regions (HVRs) both in the light-chain and the heavy chain variable domains. The more highly conserved portions of variable domains are called the framework regions (FR). The variable domains of native heavy and light chains each comprise four FR regions, largely adopting a beta-sheet configuration, connected by three HVRs, which form loops connecting, and in some cases forming part of, the beta-sheet structure. The HVRs in each chain are held together in close proximity by the FR regions and, with the HVRs from the other chain, contribute to the formation of the antigen binding site of antibodies (see Kabat et al., Sequences of Immunological Interest, Fifth Edition, National Institute of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). The constant domains are not involved directly in the binding of antibody to an antigen, but exhibit various effector functions, such as participation of the antibody in antibody-dependent cellular toxicity.
  • The term “monoclonal antibody” as used herein refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous antibodies, i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical except for possible naturally occurring mutations and/or post-translation modifications (e.g., isomerizations, amidations) that may be present in minor amounts. Monoclonal antibodies are highly specific, being directed against a single antigenic site. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations which typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen. In addition to their specificity, the monoclonal antibodies are advantageous in that they are synthesized by the hybridoma culture, uncontaminated by other immunoglobulins. The modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. For example, the monoclonal antibodies to be used in accordance with the present invention may be made by a variety of techniques, including, for example, the hybridoma method (e.g., Kohler and Milstein., Nature, 256:495-97 (1975); Hongo et al., Hybridoma, 14 (3): 253-260 (1995), Harlow et al., Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual, (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 2nd ed. 1988); Hammerling et al., in: Monoclonal Antibodies and T-Cell Hybridomas 563-681 (Elsevier, N.Y., 1981)), recombinant DNA methods (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567), phage-display technologies (see, e.g., Clackson et al., Nature, 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132 (2004), and technologies for producing human or human-like antibodies in animals that have parts or all of the human immunoglobulin loci or genes encoding human immunoglobulin sequences (see, e.g., WO 1998/24893; WO 1996/34096; WO 1996/33735; WO 1991/10741; Jakobovits et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 2551 (1993); Jakobovits et al., Nature 362: 255-258 (1993); Bruggemann et al., Year in Immunol. 7:33 (1993); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,545,807; 5,545,806; 5,569,825; 5,625,126; 5,633,425; and U.S. Pat. No. 5,661,016; Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10: 779-783 (1992); Lonberg et al., Nature 368: 856-859 (1994); Morrison, Nature 368: 812-813 (1994); Fishwild et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14: 845-851 (1996); Neuberger, Nature Biotechnol. 14: 826 (1996); and Lonberg and Huszar, Intern. Rev. Immunol. 13: 65-93 (1995).
  • The term “naked antibody” refers to an antibody that is not conjugated to a cytotoxic moiety or radiolabel.
  • The terms “full-length antibody,” “intact antibody” or “whole antibody” are used interchangeably to refer to an antibody in its substantially intact form, as opposed to an antibody fragment. Specifically whole antibodies include those with heavy and light chains including an Fc region. The constant domains may be native sequence constant domains (e.g., human native sequence constant domains) or amino acid sequence variants thereof. In some cases, the intact antibody may have one or more effector functions.
  • An “antibody fragment” comprises a portion of an intact antibody, preferably the antigen binding and/or the variable region of the intact antibody. Examples of antibody fragments include Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2 and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,870, Example 2; Zapata et al., Protein Eng. 8(10): 1057-1062 [1995]); single-chain antibody molecules and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments. Papain digestion of antibodies produced two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, and a residual “Fc” fragment, a designation reflecting the ability to crystallize readily. The Fab fragment consists of an entire L chain along with the variable region domain of the H chain (VH), and the first constant domain of one heavy chain (CH1). Each Fab fragment is monovalent with respect to antigen binding, i.e., it has a single antigen-binding site. Pepsin treatment of an antibody yields a single large F(ab′)2 fragment which roughly corresponds to two disulfide linked Fab fragments having different antigen-binding activity and is still capable of cross-linking antigen. Fab′ fragments differ from Fab fragments by having a few additional residues at the carboxy terminus of the C H1 domain including one or more cysteines from the antibody hinge region. Fab′-SH is the designation herein for Fab′ in which the cysteine residue(s) of the constant domains bear a free thiol group. F(ab′)2 antibody fragments originally were produced as pairs of Fab′ fragments which have hinge cysteines between them. Other chemical couplings of antibody fragments are also known.
  • The Fc fragment comprises the carboxy-terminal portions of both H chains held together by disulfides. The effector functions of antibodies are determined by sequences in the Fc region, the region which is also recognized by Fc receptors (FcR) found on certain types of cells.
  • “Fv” is the minimum antibody fragment which contains a complete antigen-recognition and -binding site. This fragment consists of a dimer of one heavy- and one light-chain variable region domain in tight, non-covalent association. From the folding of these two domains emanate six hypervariable loops (3 loops each from the H and L chain) that contribute the amino acid residues for antigen binding and confer antigen binding specificity to the antibody. However, even a single variable domain (or half of an Fv comprising only three HVRs specific for an antigen) has the ability to recognize and bind antigen, although at a lower affinity than the entire binding site.
  • “Single-chain Fv” also abbreviated as “sFv” or “scFv” are antibody fragments that comprise the VH and VL antibody domains connected into a single polypeptide chain. Preferably, the sFv polypeptide further comprises a polypeptide linker between the VH and VL domains which enables the sFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding. For a review of the sFv, see Pluckthun in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., Springer-Verlag, New York, pp. 269-315 (1994).
  • “Functional fragments” of the antibodies of the invention comprise a portion of an intact antibody, generally including the antigen binding or variable region of the intact antibody or the Fc region of an antibody which retains or has modified FcR binding capability. Examples of antibody fragments include linear antibody, single-chain antibody molecules and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • The term “diabodies” refers to small antibody fragments prepared by constructing sFv fragments (see preceding paragraph) with short linkers (about 5-10) residues) between the VH and VL domains such that inter-chain but not intra-chain pairing of the V domains is achieved, thereby resulting in a bivalent fragment, i.e., a fragment having two antigen-binding sites. Bispecific diabodies are heterodimers of two “crossover” sFv fragments in which the VH and VL domains of the two antibodies are present on different polypeptide chains. Diabodies are described in greater detail in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993).
  • The monoclonal antibodies herein specifically include “chimeric” antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is(are) identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies, so long as they exhibit the desired biological activity (U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)). Chimeric antibodies of interest herein include PRIMATIZED® antibodies wherein the antigen-binding region of the antibody is derived from an antibody produced by, e.g., immunizing macaque monkeys with an antigen of interest. As used herein, “humanized antibody” is used a subset of “chimeric antibodies.”
  • “Humanized” forms of non-human (e.g., murine) antibodies are chimeric antibodies that contain minimal sequence derived from non-human immunoglobulin. In one embodiment, a humanized antibody is a human immunoglobulin (recipient antibody) in which residues from an HVR (hereinafter defined) of the recipient are replaced by residues from an HVR of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or non-human primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and/or capacity. In some instances, framework (“FR”) residues of the human immunoglobulin are replaced by corresponding non-human residues. Furthermore, humanized antibodies may comprise residues that are not found in the recipient antibody or in the donor antibody. These modifications may be made to further refine antibody performance, such as binding affinity. In general, a humanized antibody will comprise substantially all of at least one, and typically two, variable domains, in which all or substantially all of the hypervariable loops correspond to those of a non-human immunoglobulin sequence, and all or substantially all of the FR regions are those of a human immunoglobulin sequence, although the FR regions may include one or more individual FR residue substitutions that improve antibody performance, such as binding affinity, isomerization, immunogenicity, etc. The number of these amino acid substitutions in the FR are typically no more than 6 in the H chain, and in the L chain, no more than 3. The humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of an immunoglobulin constant region (Fc), typically that of a human immunoglobulin. For further details, see, e.g., Jones et al., Nature 321:522-525 (1986); Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); and Presta, Curr. Op. Struct. Biol. 2:593-596 (1992). See also, for example, Vaswani and Hamilton, Ann. Allergy, Asthma & Immunol. 1:105-115 (1998); Harris, Biochem. Soc. Transactions 23:1035-1038 (1995); Hurle and Gross, Curr. Op. Biotech. 5:428-433 (1994); and U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,982,321 and 7,087,409.
  • A “human antibody” is an antibody that possesses an amino-acid sequence corresponding to that of an antibody produced by a human and/or has been made using any of the techniques for making human antibodies as disclosed herein. This definition of a human antibody specifically excludes a humanized antibody comprising non-human antigen-binding residues. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art, including phage-display libraries. Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227:381 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol., 222:581 (1991). Also available for the preparation of human monoclonal antibodies are methods described in Cole et al., Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, p. 77 (1985); Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147(1):86-95 (1991). See also van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol., 5: 368-74 (2001). Human antibodies can be prepared by administering the antigen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce such antibodies in response to antigenic challenge, but whose endogenous loci have been disabled, e.g., immunized xenomice (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 regarding XENOMOUSE™ technology). See also, for example, Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006) regarding human antibodies generated via a human B-cell hybridoma technology.
  • The term “hypervariable region,” “HVR,” or “HV,” when used herein refers to the regions of an antibody variable domain which are hypervariable in sequence and/or form structurally defined loops. Generally, antibodies comprise six HVRs; three in the VH (H1, H2, H3), and three in the VL (L1, L2, L3). In native antibodies, H3 and L3 display the most diversity of the six HVRs, and H3 in particular is believed to play a unique role in conferring fine specificity to antibodies. See, e.g., Xu et al., Immunity 13:37-45 (2000); Johnson and Wu, in Methods in Molecular Biology 248:1-25 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003). Indeed, naturally occurring camelid antibodies consisting of a heavy chain only are functional and stable in the absence of light chain. See, e.g., Hamers-Casterman et al., Nature 363:446-448 (1993); Sheriff et al., Nature Struct. Biol. 3:733-736 (1996).
  • A number of HVR delineations are in use and are encompassed herein. The Kabat Complementarity Determining Regions (CDRs) are based on sequence variability and are the most commonly used (Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991)). Chothia refers instead to the location of the structural loops (Chothia and Lesk, J. Mol. Biol. 196:901-917 (1987)). The AbM HVRs represent a compromise between the Kabat HVRs and Chothia structural loops, and are used by Oxford Molecular's AbM antibody modeling software. The “contact” HVRs are based on an analysis of the available complex crystal structures. The residues from each of these HVRs are noted below.
  • Loop Kabat AbM Chothia Contact
    L1 L24-L34 L24-L34 L26-L32 L30-L36
    L2 L50-L56 L50-L56 L50-L52 L46-L55
    L3 L89-L97 L89-L97 L91-L96 L89-L96
    H1 H31-H35B H26-H35B H26-H32 H30-H35B
    (Kabat numbering)
    H1 H31-H35 H26-H35 H26-H32 H30-H35
    (Chothia numbering)
    H2 H50-H65 H50-H58 H53-H55 H47-H58
    H3 H95-H102 H95-H102 H96-H101 H93-H101
  • HVRs may comprise “extended HVRs” as follows: 24-36 or 24-34 (L1), 46-56 or 50-56 (L2) and 89-97 or 89-96 (L3) in the VL and 26-35 (H1), 50-65 or 49-65 (H2) and 93-102, 94-102, or 95-102 (H3) in the VH. The variable domain residues are numbered according to Kabat et al., supra, for each of these definitions.
  • The expression “variable-domain residue-numbering as in Kabat” or “amino-acid-position numbering as in Kabat,” and variations thereof, refers to the numbering system used for heavy-chain variable domains or light-chain variable domains of the compilation of antibodies in Kabat et al., supra. Using this numbering system, the actual linear amino acid sequence may contain fewer or additional amino acids corresponding to a shortening of, or insertion into, a FR or HVR of the variable domain. For example, a heavy-chain variable domain may include a single amino acid insert (residue 52a according to Kabat) after residue 52 of H2 and inserted residues (e.g. residues 82a, 82b, and 82c, etc. according to Kabat) after heavy-chain FR residue 82. The Kabat numbering of residues may be determined for a given antibody by alignment at regions of homology of the sequence of the antibody with a “standard” Kabat numbered sequence.
  • “Framework” or “FR” residues are those variable-domain residues other than the HVR residues as herein defined.
  • A “human consensus framework” or “acceptor human framework” is a framework that represents the most commonly occurring amino acid residues in a selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH framework sequences. Generally, the selection of human immunoglobulin VL or VH sequences is from a subgroup of variable domain sequences. Generally, the subgroup of sequences is a subgroup as in Kabat et al., Sequences of Proteins of Immunological Interest, 5th Ed. Public Health Service, National Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Md. (1991). Examples include for the VL, the subgroup may be subgroup kappa I, kappa II, kappa III or kappa IV as in Kabat et al., supra. Additionally, for the VH, the subgroup may be subgroup I, subgroup II, or subgroup III as in Kabat et al., supra. Alternatively, a human consensus framework can be derived from the above in which particular residues, such as when a human framework residue is selected based on its homology to the donor framework by aligning the donor framework sequence with a collection of various human framework sequences. An acceptor human framework “derived from” a human immunoglobulin framework or a human consensus framework may comprise the same amino acid sequence thereof, or it may contain pre-existing amino acid sequence changes. In some embodiments, the number of pre-existing amino acid changes are 10 or less, 9 or less, 8 or less, 7 or less, 6 or less, 5 or less, 4 or less, 3 or less, or 2 or less.
  • A “VH subgroup III consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable heavy subgroup III of Kabat et al., supra. In one embodiment, the VH subgroup III consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences: EVQLVESGGGLVQPGGSLRLSCAAS (HC-FR1)(SEQ ID NO:35), WVRQAPGKGLEWV (HC-FR2), (SEQ ID NO:36), RFTISADTSKNTAYLQMNSLRAEDTAVYYCAR (HC-FR3, SEQ ID NO:37), WGQGTLVTVSA (HC-FR4), (SEQ ID NO:38).
  • A “VL kappa I consensus framework” comprises the consensus sequence obtained from the amino acid sequences in variable light kappa subgroup I of Kabat et al., supra. In one embodiment, the VH subgroup I consensus framework amino acid sequence comprises at least a portion or all of each of the following sequences: DIQMTQSPSSLSASVGDRVTITC (LC-FR1) (SEQ ID NO:39), WYQQKPGKAPKLLIY (LC-FR2) (SEQ ID NO:40), GVPSRFSGSGSGTDFTLTISSLQPEDFATYYC (LC-FR3)(SEQ ID NO:41), FGQGTKVEIKR (LC-FR4)(SEQ ID NO:42).
  • An “amino-acid modification” at a specified position, e.g. of the Fc region, refers to the substitution or deletion of the specified residue, or the insertion of at least one amino acid residue adjacent the specified residue. Insertion “adjacent” to a specified residue means insertion within one to two residues thereof. The insertion may be N-terminal or C-terminal to the specified residue. The preferred amino acid modification herein is a substitution.
  • An “affinity-matured” antibody is one with one or more alterations in one or more HVRs thereof that result in an improvement in the affinity of the antibody for antigen, compared to a parent antibody that does not possess those alteration(s). In one embodiment, an affinity-matured antibody has nanomolar or even picomolar affinities for the target antigen. Affinity-matured antibodies are produced by procedures known in the art. For example, Marks et al., Bio/Technology 10:779-783 (1992) describes affinity maturation by VH- and VL-domain shuffling. Random mutagenesis of HVR and/or framework residues is described by, for example: Barbas et al. Proc Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 91:3809-3813 (1994); Schier et al. Gene 169:147-155 (1995); Yelton et al. J. Immunol. 155:1994-2004 (1995); Jackson et al., J. Immunol. 154(7):3310-9 (1995); and Hawkins et al, J. Mol. Biol. 226:889-896 (1992).
  • As use herein, the term “specifically binds to” or is “specific for” refers to measurable and reproducible interactions such as binding between a target and an antibody, which is determinative of the presence of the target in the presence of a heterogeneous population of molecules including biological molecules. For example, an antibody that specifically binds to a target (which can be an epitope) is an antibody that binds this target with greater affinity, avidity, more readily, and/or with greater duration than it binds to other targets. In one embodiment, the extent of binding of an antibody to an unrelated target is less than about 10% of the binding of the antibody to the target as measured, e.g., by a radioimmunoassay (RIA). In certain embodiments, an antibody that specifically binds to a target has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≦1 μM, ≦100 nM, ≦10 nM, ≦1 nM, or ≦0.1 nM. In certain embodiments, an antibody specifically binds to an epitope on a protein that is conserved among the protein from different species. In another embodiment, specific binding can include, but does not require exclusive binding.
  • The term “Fc region” herein is used to define a C-terminal region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain, including native-sequence Fc regions and variant Fc regions. Although the boundaries of the Fc region of an immunoglobulin heavy chain might vary, the human IgG heavy-chain Fc region is usually defined to stretch from an amino acid residue at position Cys226, or from Pro230, to the carboxyl-terminus thereof. The C-terminal lysine (residue 447 according to the EU numbering system) of the Fc region may be removed, for example, during production or purification of the antibody, or by recombinantly engineering the nucleic acid encoding a heavy chain of the antibody. Accordingly, a composition of intact antibodies may comprise antibody populations with all K447 residues removed, antibody populations with no K447 residues removed, and antibody populations having a mixture of antibodies with and without the K447 residue. Suitable native-sequence Fc regions for use in the antibodies of the invention include human IgG1, IgG2 (IgG2A, IgG2B), IgG3 and IgG4.
  • “Fc receptor” or “FcR” describes a receptor that binds to the Fc region of an antibody. The preferred FcR is a native sequence human FcR. Moreover, a preferred FcR is one which binds an IgG antibody (a gamma receptor) and includes receptors of the FcγRI, FcγRII, and FcγRIII subclasses, including allelic variants and alternatively spliced forms of these receptors, FcγRII receptors include FcγRIIA (an “activating receptor”) and FcγRIIB (an “inhibiting receptor”), which have similar amino acid sequences that differ primarily in the cytoplasmic domains thereof. Activating receptor FcγRIIA contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based activation motif (ITAM) in its cytoplasmic domain. Inhibiting receptor FcγRIIB contains an immunoreceptor tyrosine-based inhibition motif (ITIM) in its cytoplasmic domain. (see M. Daeron, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 15:203-234 (1997). FcRs are reviewed in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9: 457-92 (1991); Capel et al., Immunomethods 4: 25-34 (1994); and de Haas et al., J. Lab. Clin. Med. 126: 330-41 (1995). Other FcRs, including those to be identified in the future, are encompassed by the term “FcR” herein.
  • The term “Fc receptor” or “FcR” also includes the neonatal receptor, FcRn, which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus. Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117: 587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24: 249 (1994). Methods of measuring binding to FcRn are known (see, e.g., Ghetie and Ward, Immunol. Today 18: (12): 592-8 (1997); Ghetie et al., Nature Biotechnology 15 (7): 637-40 (1997); Hinton et al., J. Biol. Chem. 279 (8): 6213-6 (2004); WO 2004/92219 (Hinton et al.). Binding to FcRn in vivo and serum half-life of human FcRn high-affinity binding polypeptides can be assayed, e.g., in transgenic mice or transfected human cell lines expressing human FcRn, or in primates to which the polypeptides having a variant Fc region are administered. WO 2004/42072 (Presta) describes antibody variants which improved or diminished binding to FcRs. See also, e.g., Shields et al., J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).
  • The phrase “substantially reduced,” or “substantially different,” as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of difference between two numeric values (generally one associated with a molecule and the other associated with a reference/comparator molecule) such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values). The difference between said two values is, for example, greater than about 10%, greater than about 20%, greater than about 30%, greater than about 40%, and/or greater than about 50% as a function of the value for the reference/comparator molecule.
  • The term “substantially similar” or “substantially the same,” as used herein, denotes a sufficiently high degree of similarity between two numeric values (for example, one associated with an antibody of the invention and the other associated with a reference/comparator antibody), such that one of skill in the art would consider the difference between the two values to be of little or no biological and/or statistical significance within the context of the biological characteristic measured by said values (e.g., Kd values). The difference between said two values is, for example, less than about 50%, less than about 40%, less than about 30%, less than about 20%, and/or less than about 10% as a function of the reference/comparator value.
  • “Carriers” as used herein include pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, excipients, or stabilizers that are nontoxic to the cell or mammal being exposed thereto at the dosages and concentrations employed. Often the physiologically acceptable carrier is an aqueous pH buffered solution. Examples of physiologically acceptable carriers include buffers such as phosphate, citrate, and other organic acids; antioxidants including ascorbic acid; low molecular weight (less than about 10 residues) polypeptide; proteins, such as serum albumin, gelatin, or immunoglobulins; hydrophilic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone; amino acids such as glycine, glutamine, asparagine, arginine or lysine; monosaccharides, disaccharides, and other carbohydrates including glucose, mannose, or dextrins; chelating agents such as EDTA; sugar alcohols such as mannitol or sorbitol; salt-forming counterions such as sodium; and/or nonionic surfactants such as TWEEN™, polyethylene glycol (PEG), and PLURONICS™.
  • A “package insert” refers to instructions customarily included in commercial packages of medicaments that contain information about the indications customarily included in commercial packages of medicaments that contain information about the indications, usage, dosage, administration, contraindications, other medicaments to be combined with the packaged product, and/or warnings concerning the use of such medicaments, etc.
  • As used herein, the term “treatment” refers to clinical intervention designed to alter the natural course of the individual or cell being treated during the course of clinical pathology. Desirable effects of treatment include decreasing the rate of disease progression, ameliorating or palliating the disease state, and remission or improved prognosis. For example, an individual is successfully “treated” if one or more symptoms associated with lupus nephritis are mitigated or eliminated, including, but are not limited to, elevated serum creatinine, proteinuria, red cell casts, reduced renal function, nephrotic syndrome, granular casts, microhematuria, macrohematuria, hypertension, tubular abnormalities, hyperkalemia, rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (RPGN), and acute renal failure (ARF).
  • As used herein, “delaying progression” of a disease (e.g., lupus nephritis) means to defer, hinder, slow, retard, stabilize, and/or postpone development of the disease. This delay can be of varying lengths of time, depending on the history of the disease and/or individual being treated. As is evident to one skilled in the art, a sufficient or significant delay can, in effect, encompass prevention, in that the individual, e.g., an individual at risk for developing the disease, does not develop the disease. For example, the progression of SLE in an individual before the onset of LN symptoms and/or pathology may be delayed such that the development of LN is postponed or prevented.
  • As used herein, “complete renal response (CRR)” refers to a response to treatment that includes a normalization of serum creatinine, inactive urinary sediment, and a urinary protein to creatinine ratio of less than 0.5.
  • As used herein, “partial renal response (PRR)” refers to a response to treatment that is less than a CRR but still includes mitigation of one or more symptoms including without limitation a reduction in serum creatinine, reduced urinary sediment, and a reduction in proteinuria.
  • An “effective amount” is at least the minimum concentration required to effect a measurable improvement or prevention of a particular disorder. An effective amount herein may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the patient, and the ability of the antibody to elicit a desired response in the individual. An effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the treatment are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. For prophylactic use, beneficial or desired results include results such as eliminating or reducing the risk, lessening the severity, or delaying the onset of the disease, including biochemical, histological and/or behavioral symptoms of the disease, its complications and intermediate pathological phenotypes presenting during development of the disease. For therapeutic use, beneficial or desired results include clinical results such as decreasing one or more symptoms resulting from the disease, increasing the quality of life of those suffering from the disease, decreasing the dose of other medications required to treat the disease, enhancing effect of another medication such as via targeting, delaying the progression of the disease, and/or prolonging survival. In the case of lupus nephritis, an effective amount of the drug may have the effect in and/or relieving to some extent one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder. An effective amount can be administered in one or more administrations. For purposes of this invention, an effective amount of drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition is an amount sufficient to accomplish prophylactic or therapeutic treatment either directly or indirectly. As is understood in the clinical context, an effective amount of a drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition may or may not be achieved in conjunction with another drug, compound, or pharmaceutical composition. Thus, an “effective amount” may be considered in the context of administering one or more therapeutic agents, and a single agent may be considered to be given in an effective amount if, in conjunction with one or more other agents, a desirable result may be or is achieved.
  • “CD20” as used herein refers to the human B-lymphocyte antigen CD20 (also known as CD20, B-lymphocyte surface antigen B1, Leu-16, Bp35, BM5, and LF5; the sequence is characterized by the SwissProt database entry P11836) is a hydrophobic transmembrane protein with a molecular weight of approximately 35 kD located on pre-B and mature B lymphocytes. (Valentine, M. A., et al., J. Biol. Chem. 264(19) (1989 11282-11287; Tedder, T. F., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 85 (1988) 208-12; Stamenkovic, I., et al., J. Exp. Med. 167 (1988) 1975-80; Einfeld, D. A., et al., EMBO J. 7 (1988) 711-7; Tedder, T. F., et al., J. Immunol. 142 (1989) 2560-8). The corresponding human gene is Membrane-spanning 4-domains, subfamily A, member 1, also known as MS4A1. This gene encodes a member of the membrane-spanning 4A gene family. Members of this nascent protein family are characterized by common structural features and similar intron/exon splice boundaries and display unique expression patterns among hematopoietic cells and nonlymphoid tissues. This gene encodes the B-lymphocyte surface molecule which plays a role in the development and differentiation of B-cells into plasma cells. This family member is localized to 11q12, among a cluster of family members. Alternative splicing of this gene results in two transcript variants which encode the same protein.
  • The terms “CD20” and “CD20 antigen” are used interchangeably herein, and include any variants, isoforms and species homologs of human CD20 which are naturally expressed by cells or are expressed on cells transfected with the CD20 gene. Binding of an antibody of the invention to the CD20 antigen mediate the killing of cells expressing CD20 (e.g., a tumor cell) by inactivating CD20. The killing of the cells expressing CD20 may occur by one or more of the following mechanisms: Cell death/apoptosis induction, ADCC and CDC.
  • Synonyms of CD20, as recognized in the art, include B-lymphocyte antigen CD20, B-lymphocyte surface antigen B1, Leu-16, Bp35, BM5, and LF5.
  • The term “anti-CD20 antibody” according to the invention is an antibody that binds specifically to CD20 antigen. Depending on binding properties and biological activities of anti-CD20 antibodies to the CD20 antigen, two types of anti-CD20 antibodies (type I and type II anti-CD20 antibodies) can be distinguished according to Cragg, M. S., et al., Blood 103 (2004) 2738-2743; and Cragg, M. S., et al., Blood 101 (2003) 1045-1052, see Table 1 below.
  • TABLE 1
    Properties of type I and type II anti-CD20 antibodies
    Type I anti-CD20 antibodies type II anti-CD20 antibodies
    type I CD20 epitope type II CD20 epitope
    Localize CD20 to lipid rafts Do not localize CD20 to lipid rafts
    Increased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) Decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype)
    ADCC activity (if IgG1 isotype) ADCC activity (if IgG1 isotype)
    Full binding capacity Reduced binding capacity
    Homotypic aggregation Stronger homotypic aggregation
    Apoptosis induction upon Strong cell death induction without
    cross-linking cross-linking
  • Examples of type II anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. humanized B-Ly1 antibody IgG1 (a chimeric humanized IgG1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859), 11B8 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/035607), and AT80 IgG1. Typically type II anti-CD20 antibodies of the IgG1 isotype show characteristic CDC properties. Type II anti-CD20 antibodies have a decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) compared to type I antibodies of the IgG1 isotype.
  • Examples of type I anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. rituximab, HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma), 2C6 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2005/103081), 2F2 IgG1 (as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081) and 2H7 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/056312).
  • The afucosylated anti-CD20 antibodies according to the invention are preferably type II anti-CD20 antibodies, more preferably afucosylated humanized B-Lyl antibodies as described in WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875.
  • The “rituximab” antibody (reference antibody; example of a type I anti-CD20 antibody) is a genetically engineered chimeric human gamma 1 murine constant domain containing monoclonal antibody directed against the human CD20 antigen. However this antibody is not glycoengineered and not afocusylates and thus has an amount of fucose of at least 85%. This chimeric antibody contains human gamma 1 constant domains and is identified by the name “C2B8” in U.S. Pat. No. 5,736,137 (Andersen, et. al.) issued on Apr. 17, 1998, assigned to IDEC Pharmaceuticals Corporation. Rituximab is approved for the treatment of patients with relapsed or refracting low-grade or follicular, CD20 positive, B cell non-Hodgkin's lymphoma. In vitro mechanism of action studies have shown that rituximab exhibits human complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) (Reff, M. E., et. al, Blood 83(2) (1994) 435-445). Additionally, it exhibits activity in assays that measure antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • The term “GA101 antibody” as used herein refers to any one of the following antibodies that bind human CD20: (1) an antibody comprising an HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, an HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, an HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; (2) an antibody comprising a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8, (3) an antibody comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO: 10; (4) an antibody known as obinutuzumab, or (5) an antibody that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10. In one embodiment, the GA101 antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized B-Ly1 antibody.
  • The term “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” refers to humanized B-Ly1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875, which were obtained from the murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 (variable region of the murine heavy chain (VH): SEQ ID NO: 11; variable region of the murine light chain (VL): SEQ ID NO: 12—see Poppema, S. and Visser, L., Biotest Bulletin 3 (1987) 131-139) by chimerization with a human constant domain from IgG1 and following humanization (see WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875). These “humanized B-Ly1 antibodies” are disclosed in detail in WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875.
  • Variable region of the murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 heavy chain (VH) (SEQ ID NO: 11)
  • Gly Pro Glu Leu Val Lys Pro Gly Ala Ser Val Lys
     1               5                  10         
    Ile Ser Cys Lys Ala Ser Gly Tyr Ala Phe Ser Tyr
            15                  20                  
    Ser Trp Met Asn Trp Val Lys Leu Arg Pro Gly Gln
    25                  30                  35      
    Gly Leu Glu Trp Ile Gly Arg Ile Phe Pro Gly Asp
                40                  45    
    Gly Asp Thr Asp Tyr Asn Gly Lys Phe Lys Gly Lys 
        50                  55                  60
    Ala Thr Leu Thr Ala Asp Lys Ser Ser Asn Thr Ala 
                    65                  70        
    Tyr Met Gln Leu Thr Ser Leu Thr Ser Val Asp Ser 
            75                  80                
    Ala Val Tyr Leu Cys Ala Arg Asn Val Phe Asp Gly 
    85                  90                  95    
    Tyr Trp Leu Val Tyr Trp Gly Gln Gly Thr Leu Val
                100                 105            
    Thr Val Ser Ala
        110
  • Variable region of the murine monoclonal anti-CD20 antibody B-Ly1 light chain (VL) (SEQ ID NO: 12)
  • Asn Pro Val Thr Leu Gly Thr Ser Ala Ser Ile Ser
     1               5                  10     
    Cys Arg Ser Ser Lys Ser Leu Leu His Ser Asn Gly
            15                  20      
    Ile Thr Tyr Leu Tyr Trp Tyr Leu Gln Lys Pro Gly
    25                  30                  35    
    Gln Ser Pro Gln Leu Leu Ile Tyr Gln Met Ser Asn
                40                  45     
    Leu Val Ser Gly Val Pro Asp Arg Phe Ser Ser Ser 
        50                  55                  60 
    Gly Ser Gly Thr Asp Phe Thr Leu Arg Ile Ser Arg 
                    65                  70         
    Val Glu Ala Glu Asp Val Gly Val Tyr Tyr Cys Ala 
            75                  80                
    Gln Asn Leu Glu Leu Pro Tyr Thr Phe Gly Gly Gly 
    85                  90                  95 
    Thr Lys Leu Glu Ile Lys Arg
                100
  • In one embodiment, the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has variable region of the heavy chain (VH) selected from group of SEQ ID NO:7, 8, and 13 to 33 (corresponding to, inter alia, B-HH2 to B-HH9 and B-HL8 to B-HL17 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875). In one specific embodiment, such variable domain is selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOS:14, 15, 7, 19, 25, 27, and 29 (corresponding to B-HH2, BHH-3, B-HH6, B-HH8, B-HL8, B-HL11 and B-HL13 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875). In one specific embodiment, the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has variable region of the light chain (VL) of SEQ ID NO:8 (corresponding to B-KV1 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875). In one specific embodiment, the “humanized B-Ly1 antibody” has a variable region of the heavy chain (VH) of SEQ ID NO:7 (corresponding to B-HH6 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875) and a variable region of the light chain (VL) of SEQ ID NO:8 (corresponding to B-KV1 of WO 2005/044859 and WO 2007/031875). Furthermore in one embodiment, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an IgG1 antibody. According to the invention such afocusylated humanized B-Ly1 antibodies are glycoengineered (GE) in the Fc region according to the procedures described in WO 2005/044859, WO 2004/065540, WO 2007/031875, Umana, P. et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180 and WO 99/154342. In one embodiment, the afucosylated glyco-engineered humanized B-Ly1 is B-HH6-B-KV1 GE. In one embodiment, the anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab (recommended INN, WHO Drug Information, Vol. 26, No. 4, 2012, p. 453). As used herein, obinutuzumab is synonymous for GA101 or RO5072759. This replaces all previous versions (e.g. Vol. 25, No. 1, 2011, p. 75-′76), and is formerly known as afutuzumab (recommended INN, WHO Drug Information, Vol. 23, No. 2, 2009, p. 176; Vol. 22, No. 2, 2008, p. 124). In some embodiments, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an antibody comprising a heavy chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10 or an antigen-binding fragment thereof. In some embodiments, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the three heavy chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain variable region comprising the three light chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • Heavy chain 
    (SEQ ID NO: 9)
    QVQLVQSGAE VKKPGSSVKV SCKASGYAFS YSWINWVRQA PGQGLEWMGR 50
    IFPGDGDTDY NGKFKGRVTI TADKSTSTAY MELSSLRSED TAVYYCARNV 100
    FDGYWLVYWG QGTLVTVSSA STKGPSVFPL APSSKSTSGG TAALGCLVKD 150
    YFPEPVTVSW NSGALTSGVH TFPAVLQSSG LYSLSSVVTV PSSSLGTQTY 200
    ICNVNHKPSN TKVDKKVEPK SCDKTHTCPP CPAPELLGGP SVFLFPPKPK 250
    DTLMISRTPE VTCVVVDVSH EDPEVKFNWY VDGVEVHNAK TKPREEQYNS 300
    TYRVVSVLTV LHQDWLNGKE YKCKVSNKAL PAPIEKTISK AKGQPREPQV 350
    YTLPPSRDEL TKNQVSLTCL VKGFYPSDIA VEWESNGQPE NNYKTTPPVL 400
    DSDGSFFLYS KLTVDKSRWQ QGNVFSCSVM HEALHNHYTQ KSLSLSPG 449
    Light chain 
    (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    DIVMTQTPLS LPVTPGEPAS ISCRSSKSLL HSNGITYLYW YLQKPGQSPQ 50
    LLIYQMSNLV SGVPDRFSGS GSGTDFTLKI SRVEAEDVGV YYCAQNLELP 100
    YTFGGGTKVE IKRTVAAPSV FIFPPSDEQL KSGTASVVCL LNNFYPREAK 150
    VQWKVDNALQ SGNSQESVTE QDSKDSTYSL SSTLTLSKAD YEKHKVYACE 200
    VTHQGLSSPV TKSFNRGEC 219
  • In some embodiments, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody is an afucosylated glyco-engineered humanized B-Ly1. Such glycoengineered humanized B-Ly1 antibodies have an altered pattern of glycosylation in the Fc region, preferably having a reduced level of fucose residues. Preferably the amount of fucose is 60% or less of the total amount of oligosaccharides at Asn297 (in one embodiment the amount of fucose is between 40% and 60%, in another embodiment the amount of fucose is 50% or less, and in still another embodiment the amount of fucose is 30% or less). Furthermore the oligosaccharides of the Fc region are preferably bisected. These glycoengineered humanized B-Ly1 antibodies have an increased ADCC.
  • The “ratio of the binding capacities to CD20 on Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86) of an anti-CD20 antibodies compared to rituximab” is determined by direct immunofluorescence measurement (the mean fluorescence intensities (MFI) is measured) using said anti-CD20 antibody conjugated with Cy5 and rituximab conjugated with Cy5 in a FACSArray (Becton Dickinson) with Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86), as described in Example No. 2, and calculated as follows:
  • Ratio of the binding capacities to CD 20 on Raji cells ( ATCC - No . CCL - 86 ) = MFI ( Cy 5 - anti - CD 20 antibody ) MFI ( Cy 5 - rituximab ) × Cy 5 - labeling ratio ( Cy 5 - rituximab ) Cy 5 - labeling ratio ( Cy 5 - anti - CD 20 antibody )
  • MFI is the mean fluorescent intensity. The “Cy5-labeling ratio” as used herein means the number of Cy5-label molecules per molecule antibody.
  • Typically said type II anti-CD20 antibody has a ratio of the binding capacities to CD20 on Raji cells (ATCC-No. CCL-86) of said second anti-CD20 antibody compared to rituximab of 0.3 to 0.6, and in one embodiment, 0.35 to 0.55, and in yet another embodiment, 0.4 to 0.5.
  • In one embodiment said type II anti-CD20 antibody, e.g., a GA101 antibody, has increased antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC).
  • By “antibody having increased antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC)”, it is meant an antibody, as that term is defined herein, having increased ADCC as determined by any suitable method known to those of ordinary skill in the art. One accepted in vitro ADCC assay is as follows:
      • 1) the assay uses target cells that are known to express the target antigen recognized by the antigen-binding region of the antibody;
      • 2) the assay uses human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMCs), isolated from blood of a randomly chosen healthy donor, as effector cells;
      • 3) the assay is carried out according to following protocol:
        • i) the PBMCs are isolated using standard density centrifugation procedures and are suspended at 5×106 cells/ml in RPMI cell culture medium;
        • ii) the target cells are grown by standard tissue culture methods, harvested from the exponential growth phase with a viability higher than 90%, washed in RPMI cell culture medium, labeled with 100 micro-Curies of 51Cr, washed twice with cell culture medium, and resuspended in cell culture medium at a density of 105 cells/ml;
        • iii) 100 microliters of the final target cell suspension above are transferred to each well of a 96-well microtiter plate;
        • iv) the antibody is serially-diluted from 4000 ng/ml to 0.04 ng/ml in cell culture medium and 50 microliters of the resulting antibody solutions are added to the target cells in the 96-well microtiter plate, testing in triplicate various antibody concentrations covering the whole concentration range above;
        • v) for the maximum release (MR) controls, 3 additional wells in the plate containing the labeled target cells, receive 50 microliters of a 2% (VN) aqueous solution of non-ionic detergent (Nonidet, Sigma, St. Louis), instead of the antibody solution (point iv above);
        • vi) for the spontaneous release (SR) controls, 3 additional wells in the plate containing the labeled target cells, receive 50 microliters of RPMI cell culture medium instead of the antibody solution (point iv above);
        • vii) the 96-well microtiter plate is then centrifuged at 50×g for 1 minute and incubated for 1 hour at 4° C.;
        • viii) 50 microliters of the PBMC suspension (point i above) are added to each well to yield an effector:target cell ratio of 25:1 and the plates are placed in an incubator under 5% CO2 atmosphere at 37° C. for 4 hours;
        • ix) the cell-free supernatant from each well is harvested and the experimentally released radioactivity (ER) is quantified using a gamma counter;
        • x) the percentage of specific lysis is calculated for each antibody concentration according to the formula (ER−MR)/(MR−SR)×100, where ER is the average radioactivity quantified (see point ix above) for that antibody concentration, MR is the average radioactivity quantified (see point ix above) for the MR controls (see point V above), and SR is the average radioactivity quantified (see point ix above) for the SR controls (see point vi above);
      • 4) “increased ADCC” is defined as either an increase in the maximum percentage of specific lysis observed within the antibody concentration range tested above, and/or a reduction in the concentration of antibody required to achieve one half of the maximum percentage of specific lysis observed within the antibody concentration range tested above. In one embodiment, the increase in ADCC is relative to the ADCC, measured with the above assay, mediated by the same antibody, produced by the same type of host cells, using the same standard production, purification, formulation and storage methods, which are known to those skilled in the art, except that the comparator antibody (lacking increased ADCC) has not been produced by host cells engineered to overexpress GnTIII and/or engineered to have reduced expression from the fucosyltransferase 8 (FUT8) gene (e.g., including, engineered for FUT8 knock out).
  • Said “increased ADCC” can be obtained by, for example, mutating and/or glycoengineering of said antibodies. In one embodiment, the antibody is glycoengineered to have a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody that is bisected by GlcNAc, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.), Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180). In another embodiment, the antibody is glycoengineered to lack fucose on the carbohydrate attached to the Fc region by expressing the antibody in a host cell that is deficient in protein fucosylation (e.g., Lec13 CHO cells or cells having an alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene (FUT8) deleted or the FUT gene expression knocked down (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107). In yet another embodiment, the antibody sequence has been engineered in its Fc region to enhance ADCC (e.g., in one embodiment, such engineered antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues)).
  • The term “complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC)” refers to lysis of human tumor target cells by the antibody according to the invention in the presence of complement. CDC can be measured by the treatment of a preparation of CD20 expressing cells with an anti-CD20 antibody according to the invention in the presence of complement. CDC is found if the antibody induces at a concentration of 100 nM the lysis (cell death) of 20% or more of the tumor cells after 4 hours. In one embodiment, the assay is performed with 51Cr or Eu labeled tumor cells and measurement of released 51Cr or Eu. Controls include the incubation of the tumor target cells with complement but without the antibody.
  • The term “expression of the CD20” antigen is intended to indicate a significant level of expression of the CD20 antigen in a cell, e.g., a T- or B-Cell. In one embodiment, patients to be treated according to the methods of this invention express significant levels of CD20 on a B-cell. CD20 expression on a B-cell can be determined by standard assays known in the art. e.g., CD20 antigen expression is measured using immunohistochemical (IHC) detection, FACS or via PCR-based detection of the corresponding mRNA.
  • As used in this specification and the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an” and “the” include plural referents unless the content clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a molecule” optionally includes a combination of two or more such molecules, and the like.
  • The term “about” as used herein refers to the usual error range for the respective value readily known to the skilled person in this technical field. Reference to “about” a value or parameter herein includes (and describes) embodiments that are directed to that value or parameter per se.
  • It is understood that aspects and embodiments of the invention described herein include “comprising,” “consisting,” and “consisting essentially of” aspects and embodiments.
  • III. METHODS
  • In one aspect, provided herein are methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus by administering an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the individual has or is at risk for developing lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the lupus nephritis is class III or class IV lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the methods include administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. As described below, in some embodiments, the antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10. In some embodiments, the antibody comprises an antibody that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • Anti-CD20 Antibodies
  • Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to anti-CD20 antibodies, e.g., for use in methods for treating or preventing progression of lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is a type II antibody. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is human or humanized. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is afucosylated. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is a GA101 antibody.
  • Examples of type II anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. humanized B-Ly1 antibody IgG1 (a chimeric humanized IgG1 antibody as disclosed in WO 2005/044859), 11B8 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/035607), and AT80 IgG1. Typically type II anti-CD20 antibodies of the IgG1 isotype show characteristic CDC properties. Type II anti-CD20 antibodies have a decreased CDC (if IgG1 isotype) compared to type I antibodies of the IgG1 isotype.
  • Examples of type I anti-CD20 antibodies include e.g. rituximab, HI47 IgG3 (ECACC, hybridoma), 2C6 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2005/103081), 2F2 IgG1 (as disclosed and WO 2004/035607 and WO 2005/103081) and 2H7 IgG1 (as disclosed in WO 2004/056312).
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is a GA101 antibody described herein. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 is any one of the following antibodies that bind human CD20: (1) an antibody comprising an HVR-H1 comprising the amino acid sequence of GYAFSY (SEQ ID NO:1), an HVR-H2 comprising the amino acid sequence of FPGDGDTD (SEQ ID NO:2), an HVR-H3 comprising the amino acid sequence of NVFDGYWLVY (SEQ ID NO:3), an HVR-L1 comprising the amino acid sequence of RSSKSLLHSNGITYLY (SEQ ID NO:4), an HVR-L2 comprising the amino acid sequence of QMSNLVS (SEQ ID NO:5), and an HVR-L3 comprising the amino acid sequence of AQNLELPYT (SEQ ID NO:6); (2) an antibody comprising a VH domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7 and a VL domain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8, (3) an antibody comprising an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10; (4) an antibody known as obinutuzumab, or (5) an antibody that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and that comprises an amino acid sequence that has at least 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% sequence identity with an amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10. In one embodiment, the GA101 antibody is an IgG1 isotype antibody. In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody comprises an HVR-H1, HVR-H2, HVR-H3, HVR-L1, HVR-L2, and HVR-L3 of any of the antibodies described herein, e.g., 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:7 and 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:8, 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:9 and 3 HVRs from SEQ ID NO:10, or any HVRs of the amino acid sequences provided in Table 2.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region (VH) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7, and a light chain variable region (VL) comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
  • (SEQ ID NO: 7)
    QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKAS GYAFSY SWINWVRQAPGQGLEWMGR
    I FPGDGDTD YNGKFKGRVTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCAR NV
    FDGYWLVY WGQGTLVTVSS 
    (SEQ ID NO: 8)
    DIVMTQTPLSLPVTPGEPASISC RSSKSLLHSNGITYLY WYLQKPGQSPQ
    LLIY Q MSNLVS GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYC AQNLELP
    YT FGGGTKVEIKRTV.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:9, and a light chain comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • (SEQ ID NO: 9)
    QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKAS
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00001
    SWINWVRQAPGQGLEW
    MGRI
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00002
    YNGKFKGRVTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAV
    YYCAR
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00003
    WGQGTLVTVSSASTKGPSVFPLAPSSKSTSGG
    TAALGCLVKDYFPEPVTVSWNSGALTSGVHTFPAVLQSSGLYSLSSVV
    TVPSSSLGTQTYICNVNHKPSNTKVDKKVEPKSCDKTHTCPPCPAPEL
    LGGPSVFLFPPKPKDTLMISRTPEVTCVVVDVSHEDPEVKFNWYVDGV
    EVHNAKTKPREEQYNSTYRVVSVLTVLHQDWLNGKEYKCKVSNKALPA
    PIEKTISKAKGQPREPQVYTLPPSRDELTKNQVSLTCLVKGFYPSDIA
    VEWESNGQPENNYKTTPPVLDSDGSFFLYSKLTVDKSRWQQGNVFSCS
    VMHEALHNHYTQKSLSLSPG
    (SEQ ID NO: 10)
    DIVMTQTPLSLPVTPGEPASISC
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00004
    WYLQKPGQ
    SPQLLIY
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00005
    GVPDRFSGSGSGTDFILKISRVEAEDVGVYYC
    Figure US20160346387A1-20161201-P00006
    EGGGIKVEIKRTVAAPSVFIFPPSDEQLKSGTASVVC
    LLNNFYPREAKVQWKVDNALQSGNSQESVTEQDSKDSTYSLSSTLTLS
    KADYEKHKVYACEVTHQGLSSPVTKSFNRGEC
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized B-Ly1 antibody. In some embodiments, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the three heavy chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain variable region comprising the three light chain CDRs of SEQ ID NO:10. In some embodiments, the humanized B-Ly1 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO:9 and a light chain comprising the sequence of SEQ ID NO:10.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody comprises an amino acid sequence at least 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98% or 99% identical to a polypeptide sequence listed in Table 2 below.
  • TABLE 2 
    Polypeptide sequences.
    SEQ
    ID
    CONSTRUCT POLYPEPTIDE SEQUENCE NO
    B-HH1 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYTFSYSWM 13
    SWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYAQKFQGRV
    TITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDG
    YWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH2 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYAFSYSWM 14
    NWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGR
    VTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFD
    GYWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH3 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYAFSYSWM 15
    NWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGR
    VTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYLCARNVFDG
    YWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH4 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKVSGYAFSYSWM 16
    NWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGR
    VTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFD
    GYWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH5 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYAFSYSWM 17
    SWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRV
    TITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDG
    YWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH6 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYAFSYSWIN 7
    WVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH7 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGSSVKVSCKASGYAFSYSWIS 18
    WVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH8 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTYSWM 19
    NWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGR
    VTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFD
    GYWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HH9 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFSYSWM 20
    NWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGR
    VTITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFD
    GYWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL1 QVQLVQSGAEVKKPGASVKVSCKASGYTFTYSWM 21
    HWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYAQKFQGR
    VTMTRDTSTSTVYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFD
    GYWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL2 EVQLVQSGAEVKKPGATVKISCKVSGYTFTYSWMH 22
    WVQQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYAEKFQGRVT
    ITADTSTDTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCATNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL3 EVQLVQSGAEVKKPGATVKISCKVSGYTFTYSWMN 23
    WVQQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADTSTDTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCATNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL4 QMQLVQSGAEVKKTGSSVKVSCKASGYTFTYSWM 24
    SWVRQAPGQGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYAQKFQGRV
    TITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDG
    YWLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL8 EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 25
    WVRQAPGKGLEWVGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL10 EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFAFSYSWMN 26
    WVRQAPGKGLEWVGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL11 QVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 27
    WVRQAPGKGLEWVGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL12 EVQLVESGAGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 28
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL13 EVQLVESGGGVVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 29
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL14 EVQLVESGGGLKKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 30
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL15 EVQLVESGGGLVKPGSSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 31
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL16 EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRVSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 32
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    B-HL17 EVQLVESGGGLVKPGGSLRLSCAASGFTFSYSWMN 33
    WVRQAPGKGLEWMGRIFPGDGDTDYNGKFKGRVT
    ITADKSTSTAYMELSSLRSEDTAVYYCARNVFDGY
    WLVYWGQGTLVTVSS
    VH Signal MDWTWRILFLVAAATGAHS 34
    Sequence
    B-KV1 DIVMTQTPLSLPVTPGEPASISCRSSKSLLHSNGITYL 8
    YWYLQKPGQSPQLLIYQMSNLVSGVPDRFSGSGSG
    TDFTLKISRVEAEDVGVYYCAQNLELPYTFGGGTK
    VEIKRTV
    VL Signal MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFPGARC 43
    Sequence
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) is an afucosylated glyco-engineered antibody. Such glycoengineered antibodies have an altered pattern of glycosylation in the Fc region, preferably having a reduced level of fucose residues. Preferably the amount of fucose is 60% or less of the total amount of oligosaccharides at Asn297 (in one embodiment the amount of fucose is between 40% and 60%, in another embodiment the amount of fucose is 50% or less, and in still another embodiment the amount of fucose is 30% or less). Furthermore the oligosaccharides of the Fc region are preferably bisected. These glycoengineered humanized anti-CD20 (e.g., B-Ly1) antibodies have an increased ADCC.
  • The oligosaccharide component can significantly affect properties relevant to the efficacy of a therapeutic glycoprotein, including physical stability, resistance to protease attack, interactions with the immune system, pharmacokinetics, and specific biological activity. Such properties may depend not only on the presence or absence, but also on the specific structures, of oligosaccharides. Some generalizations between oligosaccharide structure and glycoprotein function can be made. For example, certain oligosaccharide structures mediate rapid clearance of the glycoprotein from the bloodstream through interactions with specific carbohydrate binding proteins, while others can be bound by antibodies and trigger undesired immune reactions. (Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-81).
  • Mammalian cells are the preferred hosts for production of therapeutic glycoproteins, due to their capability to glycosylate proteins in the most compatible form for human application. (Cumming, D. A., et al., Glycobiology 1 (1991) 115-30; Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-81). Bacteria very rarely glycosylate proteins, and like other types of common hosts, such as yeasts, filamentous fungi, insect and plant cells, yield glycosylation patterns associated with rapid clearance from the blood stream, undesirable immune interactions, and in some specific cases, reduced biological activity. Among mammalian cells, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells have been most commonly used during the last two decades. In addition to giving suitable glycosylation patterns, these cells allow consistent generation of genetically stable, highly productive clonal cell lines. They can be cultured to high densities in simple bioreactors using serum free media, and permit the development of safe and reproducible bioprocesses. Other commonly used animal cells include baby hamster kidney (BHK) cells, NSO- and SP2/0-mouse myeloma cells. More recently, production from transgenic animals has also been tested. (Jenkins, N., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 14 (1996) 975-981).
  • All antibodies contain carbohydrate structures at conserved positions in the heavy chain constant regions, with each isotype possessing a distinct array of N-linked carbohydrate structures, which variably affect protein assembly, secretion or functional activity. (Wright, A., and Morrison, S. L., Trends Biotech. 15 (1997) 26-32). The structure of the attached N-linked carbohydrate varies considerably, depending on the degree of processing, and can include high-mannose, multiply-branched as well as biantennary complex oligosaccharides. (Wright, A., and Morrison, S. L., Trends Biotech. 15 (1997) 26-32). Typically, there is heterogeneous processing of the core oligosaccharide structures attached at a particular glycosylation site such that even monoclonal antibodies exist as multiple glycoforms. Likewise, it has been shown that major differences in antibody glycosylation occur between cell lines, and even minor differences are seen for a given cell line grown under different culture conditions. (Lifely, M. R., et al., Glycobiology 5(8) (1995) 813-22).
  • One way to obtain large increases in potency, while maintaining a simple production process and potentially avoiding significant, undesirable side effects, is to enhance the natural, cell-mediated effector functions of monoclonal antibodies by engineering their oligosaccharide component as described in Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684. IgG1 type antibodies, the most commonly used antibodies in cancer immunotherapy, are glycoproteins that have a conserved N-linked glycosylation site at Asn297 in each CH2 domain. The two complex biantennary oligosaccharides attached to Asn297 are buried between the CH2 domains, forming extensive contacts with the polypeptide backbone, and their presence is essential for the antibody to mediate effector functions such as antibody dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) (Lifely, M. R., et al., Glycobiology 5 (1995) 813-822; Jefferis, R., et al., Immunol. Rev. 163 (1998) 59-76; Wright, A., and Morrison, S. L., Trends Biotechnol. 15 (1997) 26-32).
  • It was previously shown that overexpression in Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells of β(1,4)-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase I11 (“GnTII17y), a glycosyltransferase catalyzing the formation of bisected oligosaccharides, significantly increases the in vitro ADCC activity of an antineuroblastoma chimeric monoclonal antibody (chCE7) produced by the engineered CHO cells. (See Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180; and WO 99/154342, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference). The antibody chCE7 belongs to a large class of unconjugated monoclonal antibodies which have high tumor affinity and specificity, but have too little potency to be clinically useful when produced in standard industrial cell lines lacking the GnTIII enzyme (Umana, P., et al., Nature Biotechnol. 17 (1999) 176-180). That study was the first to show that large increases of ADCC activity could be obtained by engineering the antibody producing cells to express GnTIII, which also led to an increase in the proportion of constant region (Fc)-associated, bisected oligosaccharides, including bisected, non-fucosylated oligosaccharides, above the levels found in naturally-occurring antibodies.
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) comprises a human Fc region (e.g., a human IgG1 Fc region). In some embodiments, the Fc region comprises an N-linked oligosaccharide that has been modified. In some embodiments, the N-linked oligosaccharides of the Fc region have reduced fucose residues as compared to an antibody with non-modified N-linked oligosaccharides. In some embodiments, the bisected oligosaccharide is a bisected complex oligosaccharide. In some embodiments, the N-linked oligosaccharides have been modified to have increased bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides. In some embodiments, the bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides are the hybrid type. In some embodiments, the bisected, nonfucosylated oligosaccharides are the complex type. For more detailed description, see, e.g., WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.); and U.S. Pat. No. 8,883,980 (Umana et al.).
  • In some embodiments, the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) is a multispecific antibody or a bispecific antibody.
  • Antibody Preparation
  • An antibody according to any of the above embodiments (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure) may incorporate any of the features, singly or in combination, as described in Sections 1-7 below:
  • 1. Antibody Affinity
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein has a dissociation constant (Kd) of ≦1 μM, ≦100 nM, ≦10 nM, ≦1 nM, ≦0.1 nM, ≦0.01 nM, or ≦0.001 nM (e.g. 10−8M or less, e.g. from 10−8 M to 10−13M, e.g., from 10−9M to 10−13 M).
  • In one embodiment, Kd is measured by a radiolabeled antigen binding assay (RIA). In one embodiment, an RIA is performed with the Fab version of an antibody of interest and its antigen. For example, solution binding affinity of Fabs for antigen is measured by equilibrating Fab with a minimal concentration of (125I)-labeled antigen in the presence of a titration series of unlabeled antigen, then capturing bound antigen with an anti-Fab antibody-coated plate (see, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881(1999)). To establish conditions for the assay, MICROTITER® multi-well plates (Thermo Scientific) are coated overnight with 5 μg/ml of a capturing anti-Fab antibody (Cappel Labs) in 50 mM sodium carbonate (pH 9.6), and subsequently blocked with 2% (w/v) bovine serum albumin in PBS for two to five hours at room temperature (approximately 23° C.). In a non-adsorbent plate (Nunc #269620), 100 pM or 26 pM [125I]-antigen are mixed with serial dilutions of a Fab of interest (e.g., consistent with assessment of the anti-VEGF antibody, Fab-12, in Presta et al., Cancer Res. 57:4593-4599 (1997)). The Fab of interest is then incubated overnight; however, the incubation may continue for a longer period (e.g., about 65 hours) to ensure that equilibrium is reached. Thereafter, the mixtures are transferred to the capture plate for incubation at room temperature (e.g., for one hour). The solution is then removed and the plate washed eight times with 0.1% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20®) in PBS. When the plates have dried, 150 μl/well of scintillant (MICROSCINT-20™; Packard) is added, and the plates are counted on a TOPCOUNT™ gamma counter (Packard) for ten minutes. Concentrations of each Fab that give less than or equal to 20% of maximal binding are chosen for use in competitive binding assays.
  • According to another embodiment, Kd is measured using a BIACORE® surface plasmon resonance assay. For example, an assay using a BIACORE®-2000 or a BIACORE®-3000 (BIAcore, Inc., Piscataway, N.J.) is performed at 25° C. with immobilized antigen CM5 chips at ˜10 response units (RU). In one embodiment, carboxymethylated dextran biosensor chips (CM5, BIACORE, Inc.) are activated with N-ethyl-N′-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) and N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) according to the supplier's instructions. Antigen is diluted with 10 mM sodium acetate, pH 4.8, to 5 μg/ml (˜0.2 μM) before injection at a flow rate of 5 μl/minute to achieve approximately 10 response units (RU) of coupled protein. Following the injection of antigen, 1 M ethanolamine is injected to block unreacted groups. For kinetics measurements, two-fold serial dilutions of Fab (0.78 nM to 500 nM) are injected in PBS with 0.05% polysorbate 20 (TWEEN-20™) surfactant (PBST) at 25° C. at a flow rate of approximately 25 μl/min. Association rates (kon) and dissociation rates (koff) are calculated using a simple one-to-one Langmuir binding model (BIACORE® Evaluation Software version 3.2) by simultaneously fitting the association and dissociation sensorgrams. The equilibrium dissociation constant (Kd) is calculated as the ratio koff/kon. See, e.g., Chen et al., J. Mol. Biol. 293:865-881 (1999). If the on-rate exceeds 106 M-1 s-1 by the surface plasmon resonance assay above, then the on-rate can be determined by using a fluorescent quenching technique that measures the increase or decrease in fluorescence emission intensity (excitation=295 nm; emission=340 nm, 16 nm band-pass) at 25° C. of a 20 nM anti-antigen antibody (Fab form) in PBS, pH 7.2, in the presence of increasing concentrations of antigen as measured in a spectrometer, such as a stop-flow equipped spectrophometer (Aviv Instruments) or a 8000-series SLM-AMINCO™ spectrophotometer (ThermoSpectronic) with a stirred cuvette.
  • 2. Antibody Fragments
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is an antibody fragment. Antibody fragments include, but are not limited to, Fab, Fab′, Fab′-SH, F(ab′)2, Fv, and scFv fragments, and other fragments described below. For a review of certain antibody fragments, see Hudson et al. Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003). For a review of scFv fragments, see, e.g., Pluckthün, in The Pharmacology of Monoclonal Antibodies, vol. 113, Rosenburg and Moore eds., (Springer-Verlag, New York), pp. 269-315 (1994); see also WO 93/16185; and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,571,894 and 5,587,458. For discussion of Fab and F(ab′)2 fragments comprising salvage receptor binding epitope residues and having increased in vivo half-life, see U.S. Pat. No. 5,869,046.
  • Diabodies are antibody fragments with two antigen-binding sites that may be bivalent or bispecific. See, for example, EP 404,097; WO 1993/01161; Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003); and Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90: 6444-6448 (1993). Triabodies and tetrabodies are also described in Hudson et al., Nat. Med. 9:129-134 (2003).
  • Single-domain antibodies are antibody fragments comprising all or a portion of the heavy chain variable domain or all or a portion of the light chain variable domain of an antibody. In certain embodiments, a single-domain antibody is a human single-domain antibody (Domantis, Inc., Waltham, Mass.; see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,248,516 B1).
  • Antibody fragments can be made by various techniques, including but not limited to proteolytic digestion of an intact antibody as well as production by recombinant host cells (e.g. E. coli or phage), as described herein.
  • 3. Chimeric and Humanized Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a chimeric antibody. Certain chimeric antibodies are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567; and Morrison et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 81:6851-6855 (1984)). In one example, a chimeric antibody comprises a non-human variable region (e.g., a variable region derived from a mouse, rat, hamster, rabbit, or non-human primate, such as a monkey) and a human constant region. In a further example, a chimeric antibody is a “class switched” antibody in which the class or subclass has been changed from that of the parent antibody. Chimeric antibodies include antigen-binding fragments thereof.
  • In certain embodiments, a chimeric antibody is a humanized antibody. Typically, a non-human antibody is humanized to reduce immunogenicity to humans, while retaining the specificity and affinity of the parental non-human antibody. Generally, a humanized antibody comprises one or more variable domains in which HVRs, e.g., CDRs, (or portions thereof) are derived from a non-human antibody, and FRs (or portions thereof) are derived from human antibody sequences. A humanized antibody optionally will also comprise at least a portion of a human constant region. In some embodiments, some FR residues in a humanized antibody are substituted with corresponding residues from a non-human antibody (e.g., the antibody from which the HVR residues are derived), e.g., to restore or improve antibody specificity or affinity.
  • Humanized antibodies and methods of making them are reviewed, e.g., in Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13:1619-1633 (2008), and are further described, e.g., in Riechmann et al., Nature 332:323-329 (1988); Queen et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 86:10029-10033 (1989); U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,821,337, 7,527,791, 6,982,321, and 7,087,409; Kashmiri et al., Methods 36:25-34 (2005) (describing specificity determining region (SDR) grafting); Padlan, Mol. Immunol. 28:489-498 (1991) (describing “resurfacing”); Dall'Acqua et al., Methods 36:43-60 (2005) (describing “FR shuffling”); and Osbourn et al., Methods 36:61-68 (2005) and Klimka et al., Br. J. Cancer, 83:252-260 (2000) (describing the “guided selection” approach to FR shuffling).
  • Human framework regions that may be used for humanization include but are not limited to: framework regions selected using the “best-fit” method (see, e.g., Sims et al. J. Immunol. 151:2296 (1993)); framework regions derived from the consensus sequence of human antibodies of a particular subgroup of light or heavy chain variable regions (see, e.g., Carter et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 89:4285 (1992); and Presta et al. J. Immunol., 151:2623 (1993)); human mature (somatically mutated) framework regions or human germline framework regions (see, e.g., Almagro and Fransson, Front. Biosci. 13:1619-1633 (2008)); and framework regions derived from screening FR libraries (see, e.g., Baca et al., J. Biol. Chem. 272:10678-10684 (1997) and Rosok et al., J. Biol. Chem. 271:22611-22618 (1996)).
  • 4. Human Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a human antibody. Human antibodies can be produced using various techniques known in the art. Human antibodies are described generally in van Dijk and van de Winkel, Curr. Opin. Pharmacol. 5: 368-74 (2001) and Lonberg, Curr. Opin. Immunol. 20:450-459 (2008).
  • Human antibodies may be prepared by administering an immunogen to a transgenic animal that has been modified to produce intact human antibodies or intact antibodies with human variable regions in response to antigenic challenge. Such animals typically contain all or a portion of the human immunoglobulin loci, which replace the endogenous immunoglobulin loci, or which are present extrachromosomally or integrated randomly into the animal's chromosomes. In such transgenic mice, the endogenous immunoglobulin loci have generally been inactivated. For review of methods for obtaining human antibodies from transgenic animals, see Lonberg, Nat. Biotech. 23:1117-1125 (2005). See also, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,075,181 and 6,150,584 describing XENOMOUSE™ technology; U.S. Pat. No. 5,770,429 describing HuMAB® technology; U.S. Pat. No. 7,041,870 describing K-M MOUSE® technology, and U.S. Patent Application Publication No. US 2007/0061900, describing VELOCIMOUSE® technology). Human variable regions from intact antibodies generated by such animals may be further modified, e.g., by combining with a different human constant region.
  • Human antibodies can also be made by hybridoma-based methods. Human myeloma and mouse-human heteromyeloma cell lines for the production of human monoclonal antibodies have been described. (See, e.g., Kozbor J. Immunol., 133: 3001 (1984); Brodeur et al., Monoclonal Antibody Production Techniques and Applications, pp. 51-63 (Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 1987); and Boerner et al., J. Immunol., 147: 86 (1991).) Human antibodies generated via human B-cell hybridoma technology are also described in Li et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 103:3557-3562 (2006). Additional methods include those described, for example, in U.S. Pat. No. 7,189,826 (describing production of monoclonal human IgM antibodies from hybridoma cell lines) and Ni, Xiandai Mianyixue, 26(4):265-268 (2006) (describing human-human hybridomas). Human hybridoma technology (Trioma technology) is also described in Vollmers and Brandlein, Histology and Histopathology, 20(3):927-937 (2005) and Vollmers and Brandlein, Methods and Findings in Experimental and Clinical Pharmacology, 27(3):185-91 (2005).
  • Human antibodies may also be generated by isolating Fv clone variable domain sequences selected from human-derived phage display libraries. Such variable domain sequences may then be combined with a desired human constant domain. Techniques for selecting human antibodies from antibody libraries are described below.
  • 5. Library-Derived Antibodies
  • Antibodies of the invention may be isolated by screening combinatorial libraries for antibodies with the desired activity or activities. For example, a variety of methods are known in the art for generating phage display libraries and screening such libraries for antibodies possessing the desired binding characteristics. Such methods are reviewed, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178:1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2001) and further described, e.g., in the McCafferty et al., Nature 348:552-554; Clackson et al., Nature 352: 624-628 (1991); Marks et al., J. Mol. Biol. 222: 581-597 (1992); Marks and Bradbury, in Methods in Molecular Biology 248:161-175 (Lo, ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003); Sidhu et al., J. Mol. Biol. 338(2): 299-310 (2004); Lee et al., J. Mol. Biol. 340(5): 1073-1093 (2004); Fellouse, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 101(34): 12467-12472 (2004); and Lee et al., J. Immunol. Methods 284(1-2): 119-132(2004).
  • In certain phage display methods, repertoires of VH and VL genes are separately cloned by polymerase chain reaction (PCR) and recombined randomly in phage libraries, which can then be screened for antigen-binding phage as described in Winter et al., Ann. Rev. Immunol., 12: 433-455 (1994). Phage typically display antibody fragments, either as single-chain Fv (scFv) fragments or as Fab fragments. Libraries from immunized sources provide high-affinity antibodies to the immunogen without the requirement of constructing hybridomas. Alternatively, the naive repertoire can be cloned (e.g., from human) to provide a single source of antibodies to a wide range of non-self and also self antigens without any immunization as described by Griffiths et al., EMBO J, 12: 725-734 (1993). Finally, naive libraries can also be made synthetically by cloning unrearranged V-gene segments from stem cells, and using PCR primers containing random sequence to encode the highly variable CDR3 regions and to accomplish rearrangement in vitro, as described by Hoogenboom and Winter, J. Mol. Biol., 227: 381-388 (1992). Patent publications describing human antibody phage libraries include, for example: U.S. Pat. No. 5,750,373, and US Patent Publication Nos. 2005/0079574, 2005/0119455, 2005/0266000, 2007/0117126, 2007/0160598, 2007/0237764, 2007/0292936, and 2009/0002360.
  • Antibodies or antibody fragments isolated from human antibody libraries are considered human antibodies or human antibody fragments herein.
  • 6. Multispecific Antibodies
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is a multispecific antibody, e.g. a bispecific antibody. Multispecific antibodies are monoclonal antibodies that have binding specificities for at least two different sites. In certain embodiments, one of the binding specificities is for CD20 and the other is for any other antigen. In certain embodiments, bispecific antibodies may bind to two different epitopes of CD20. Bispecific antibodies may also be used to localize cytotoxic agents to cells which express CD20. Bispecific antibodies can be prepared as full length antibodies or antibody fragments.
  • Techniques for making multispecific antibodies include, but are not limited to, recombinant co-expression of two immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs having different specificities (see Milstein and Cuello, Nature 305: 537 (1983)), WO 93/08829, and Traunecker et al., EMBO J. 10: 3655 (1991)), and “knob-in-hole” engineering (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,731,168). Multi-specific antibodies may also be made by engineering electrostatic steering effects for making antibody Fc-heterodimeric molecules (WO 2009/089004A1); cross-linking two or more antibodies or fragments (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 4,676,980, and Brennan et al., Science, 229: 81 (1985)); using leucine zippers to produce bi-specific antibodies (see, e.g., Kostelny et al., J. Immunol., 148(5):1547-1553 (1992)); using “diabody” technology for making bispecific antibody fragments (see, e.g., Hollinger et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 90:6444-6448 (1993)); and using single-chain Fv (sFv) dimers (see, e.g. Gruber et al., J. Immunol., 152:5368 (1994)); and preparing trispecific antibodies as described, e.g., in Tutt et al. J. Immunol. 147: 60 (1991).
  • Engineered antibodies with three or more functional antigen binding sites, including “Octopus antibodies,” are also included herein (see, e.g. US 2006/0025576A1).
  • The antibody or fragment herein also includes a “Dual Acting FAb” or “DAF” comprising an antigen binding site that binds to CD20 as well as another, different antigen (see, US 2008/0069820, for example).
  • 7. Antibody Variants
  • In certain embodiments, amino acid sequence variants of the antibodies provided herein are contemplated. For example, it may be desirable to improve the binding affinity and/or other biological properties of the antibody. Amino acid sequence variants of an antibody may be prepared by introducing appropriate modifications into the nucleotide sequence encoding the antibody, or by peptide synthesis. Such modifications include, for example, deletions from, and/or insertions into and/or substitutions of residues within the amino acid sequences of the antibody. Any combination of deletion, insertion, and substitution can be made to arrive at the final construct, provided that the final construct possesses the desired characteristics, e.g., antigen-binding.
  • a) Substitution, Insertion, and Deletion Variants
  • In certain embodiments, antibody variants having one or more amino acid substitutions are provided. Sites of interest for substitutional mutagenesis include the HVRs and FRs. Conservative substitutions are shown in Table A under the heading of “preferred substitutions.” More substantial changes are provided in Table A under the heading of “exemplary substitutions,” and as further described below in reference to amino acid side chain classes. Amino acid substitutions may be introduced into an antibody of interest and the products screened for a desired activity, e.g., retained/improved antigen binding, decreased immunogenicity, or improved ADCC or CDC.
  • TABLE A
    Original Exemplary Preferred
    Residue Substitutions Substitutions
    Ala (A) Val; Leu; Ile Val
    Arg (R) Lys; Gln; Asn Lys
    Asn (N) Gln; His; Asp, Lys; Arg Gln
    Asp (D) Glu; Asn Glu
    Cys (C) Ser; Ala Ser
    Gln (Q) Asn; Glu Asn
    Glu (E) Asp; Gln Asp
    Gly (G) Ala Ala
    His (H) Asn; Gln; Lys; Arg Arg
    Ile (I) Leu; Val; Met; Ala; Phe; Norleucine Leu
    Leu (L) Norleucine; Ile; Val; Met; Ala; Phe Ile
    Lys (K) Arg; Gln; Asn Arg
    Met (M) Leu; Phe; Ile Leu
    Phe (F) Trp; Leu; Val; Ile; Ala; Tyr Tyr
    Pro (P) Ala Ala
    Ser (S) Thr Thr
    Thr (T) Val; Ser Ser
    Trp (W) Tyr; Phe Tyr
    Tyr (Y) Trp; Phe; Thr; Ser Phe
    Val (V) Ile; Leu; Met; Phe; Ala; Norleucine Leu
  • Amino acids may be grouped according to common side-chain properties:
  • (1) hydrophobic: Norleucine, Met, Ala, Val, Leu, Ile;
  • (2) neutral hydrophilic: Cys, Ser, Thr, Asn, Gln;
  • (3) acidic: Asp, Glu;
  • (4) basic: His, Lys, Arg;
  • (5) residues that influence chain orientation: Gly, Pro;
  • (6) aromatic: Trp, Tyr, Phe.
  • Non-conservative substitutions will entail exchanging a member of one of these classes for another class.
  • One type of substitutional variant involves substituting one or more hypervariable region residues of a parent antibody (e.g. a humanized or human antibody). Generally, the resulting variant(s) selected for further study will have modifications (e.g., improvements) in certain biological properties (e.g., increased affinity, reduced immunogenicity) relative to the parent antibody and/or will have substantially retained certain biological properties of the parent antibody. An exemplary substitutional variant is an affinity matured antibody, which may be conveniently generated, e.g., using phage display-based affinity maturation techniques such as those described herein. Briefly, one or more HVR residues are mutated and the variant antibodies displayed on phage and screened for a particular biological activity (e.g. binding affinity).
  • Alterations (e.g., substitutions) may be made in HVRs, e.g., to improve antibody affinity. Such alterations may be made in HVR “hotspots,” i.e., residues encoded by codons that undergo mutation at high frequency during the somatic maturation process (see, e.g., Chowdhury, Methods Mol. Biol. 207:179-196 (2008)), and/or residues that contact antigen, with the resulting variant VH or VL being tested for binding affinity. Affinity maturation by constructing and reselecting from secondary libraries has been described, e.g., in Hoogenboom et al. in Methods in Molecular Biology 178:1-37 (O'Brien et al., ed., Human Press, Totowa, N.J., (2001).) In some embodiments of affinity maturation, diversity is introduced into the variable genes chosen for maturation by any of a variety of methods (e.g., error-prone PCR, chain shuffling, or oligonucleotide-directed mutagenesis). A secondary library is then created. The library is then screened to identify any antibody variants with the desired affinity. Another method to introduce diversity involves HVR-directed approaches, in which several HVR residues (e.g., 4-6 residues at a time) are randomized. HVR residues involved in antigen binding may be specifically identified, e.g., using alanine scanning mutagenesis or modeling. CDR-H3 and CDR-L3 in particular are often targeted.
  • In certain embodiments, substitutions, insertions, or deletions may occur within one or more HVRs so long as such alterations do not substantially reduce the ability of the antibody to bind antigen. For example, conservative alterations (e.g., conservative substitutions as provided herein) that do not substantially reduce binding affinity may be made in HVRs. Such alterations may, for example, be outside of antigen contacting residues in the HVRs. In certain embodiments of the variant VH and VL sequences provided above, each HVR either is unaltered, or contains no more than one, two or three amino acid substitutions.
  • A useful method for identification of residues or regions of an antibody that may be targeted for mutagenesis is called “alanine scanning mutagenesis” as described by Cunningham and Wells (1989) Science, 244:1081-1085. In this method, a residue or group of target residues (e.g., charged residues such as arg, asp, his, lys, and glu) are identified and replaced by a neutral or negatively charged amino acid (e.g., alanine or polyalanine) to determine whether the interaction of the antibody with antigen is affected. Further substitutions may be introduced at the amino acid locations demonstrating functional sensitivity to the initial substitutions. Alternatively, or additionally, a crystal structure of an antigen-antibody complex to identify contact points between the antibody and antigen. Such contact residues and neighboring residues may be targeted or eliminated as candidates for substitution. Variants may be screened to determine whether they contain the desired properties.
  • Amino acid sequence insertions include amino- and/or carboxyl-terminal fusions ranging in length from one residue to polypeptides containing a hundred or more residues, as well as intrasequence insertions of single or multiple amino acid residues. Examples of terminal insertions include an antibody with an N-terminal methionyl residue. Other insertional variants of the antibody molecule include the fusion to the N- or C-terminus of the antibody to an enzyme (e.g. for ADEPT) or a polypeptide which increases the serum half-life of the antibody.
  • b) Glycosylation Variants
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein is altered to increase or decrease the extent to which the antibody is glycosylated. Addition or deletion of glycosylation sites to an antibody may be conveniently accomplished by altering the amino acid sequence such that one or more glycosylation sites is created or removed.
  • Where the antibody comprises an Fc region, the carbohydrate attached thereto may be altered. Native antibodies produced by mammalian cells typically comprise a branched, biantennary oligosaccharide that is generally attached by an N-linkage to Asn297 of the CH2 domain of the Fc region. See, e.g., Wright et al. TIBTECH 15:26-32 (1997). The oligosaccharide may include various carbohydrates, e.g., mannose, N-acetyl glucosamine (GlcNAc), galactose, and sialic acid, as well as a fucose attached to a GlcNAc in the “stem” of the biantennary oligosaccharide structure. In some embodiments, modifications of the oligosaccharide in an antibody of the invention may be made in order to create antibody variants with certain improved properties.
  • In one embodiment, antibody variants are provided having a carbohydrate structure that lacks fucose attached (directly or indirectly) to an Fc region. For example, the amount of fucose in such antibody may be from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 65%, from 5% to 65% or from 20% to 40%. The amount of fucose is determined by calculating the average amount of fucose within the sugar chain at Asn297, relative to the sum of all glycostructures attached to Asn 297 (e.g. complex, hybrid and high mannose structures) as measured by MALDI-TOF mass spectrometry, as described in WO 2008/077546, for example. Asn297 refers to the asparagine residue located at about position 297 in the Fc region (Eu numbering of Fc region residues); however, Asn297 may also be located about ±3 amino acids upstream or downstream of position 297, i.e., between positions 294 and 300, due to minor sequence variations in antibodies. Such fucosylation variants may have improved ADCC function. See, e.g., US Patent Publication Nos. US 2003/0157108 (Presta, L.); US 2004/0093621 (Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd). Examples of publications related to “defucosylated” or “fucose-deficient” antibody variants include: US 2003/0157108; WO 2000/61739; WO 2001/29246; US 2003/0115614; US 2002/0164328; US 2004/0093621; US 2004/0132140; US 2004/0110704; US 2004/0110282; US 2004/0109865; WO 2003/085119; WO 2003/084570; WO 2005/035586; WO 2005/035778; WO2005/053742; WO2002/031140; Okazaki et al. J. Mol. Biol. 336:1239-1249 (2004); Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004). Examples of cell lines capable of producing defucosylated antibodies include Lec13 CHO cells deficient in protein fucosylation (Ripka et al. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 249:533-545 (1986); US Pat Appl No US 2003/0157108 A1, Presta, L; and WO 2004/056312 A1, Adams et al., especially at Example 11), and knockout cell lines, such as alpha-1,6-fucosyltransferase gene, FUT8, knockout CHO cells (see, e.g., Yamane-Ohnuki et al. Biotech. Bioeng. 87: 614 (2004); Kanda, Y. et al., Biotechnol. Bioeng., 94(4):680-688 (2006); and WO2003/085107).
  • Antibodies variants are further provided with bisected oligosaccharides, e.g., in which a biantennary oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region of the antibody is bisected by GlcNAc. Such antibody variants may have reduced fucosylation and/or improved ADCC function. Examples of such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 2003/011878 (Jean-Mairet et al.); U.S. Pat. No. 6,602,684 (Umana et al.); and US 2005/0123546 (Umana et al.). Antibody variants with at least one galactose residue in the oligosaccharide attached to the Fc region are also provided. Such antibody variants may have improved CDC function. Such antibody variants are described, e.g., in WO 1997/30087 (Patel et al.); WO 1998/58964 (Raju, S.); and WO 1999/22764 (Raju, S.).
  • c) Fc Region Variants
  • In certain embodiments, one or more amino acid modifications may be introduced into the Fc region of an antibody provided herein, thereby generating an Fc region variant. The Fc region variant may comprise a human Fc region sequence (e.g., a human IgG1, IgG2, IgG3 or IgG4 Fc region) comprising an amino acid modification (e.g. a substitution) at one or more amino acid positions.
  • In certain embodiments, the invention contemplates an antibody variant that possesses some but not all effector functions, which make it a desirable candidate for applications in which the half life of the antibody in vivo is important yet certain effector functions (such as complement and ADCC) are unnecessary or deleterious. In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks FcγR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity), but retains FcRn binding ability. The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express Fc(RIII only, whereas monocytes express Fc(RI, Fc(RII and Fc(RIII FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Table 3 on page 464 of Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991). Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 82:1499-1502 (1985); U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337 (see Bruggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987)). Alternatively, non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTI™ non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.). Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in a animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998). C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996); Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101:1045-1052 (2003); and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103:2738-2743 (2004)). FcRn binding and in vivo clearance/half life determinations can also be performed using methods known in the art (see, e.g., Petkova, S. B. et al., Int'l. Immunol. 18(12):1759-1769 (2006)).
  • Antibodies with reduced effector function include those with substitution of one or more of Fc region residues 238, 265, 269, 270, 297, 327 and 329 (U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056). Such Fc mutants include Fc mutants with substitutions at two or more of amino acid positions 265, 269, 270, 297 and 327, including the so-called “DANA” Fc mutant with substitution of residues 265 and 297 to alanine (U.S. Pat. No. 7,332,581).
  • In certain embodiments, the Fc variants described herein further comprise one or more amino acid modifications for attenuating effector function (such as CDC and/or ADCC). In exemplary embodiments, the modification to attenuate effector function is a modification that does not alter the glycosylation pattern of the Fc region. In certain embodiments, the modification to attenuate effector function reduces or eliminates binding to human effector cells, binding to one or more Fc receptors, and/or binding to cells expressing an Fc receptor. In an exemplary embodiment, the Fc variants described herein comprise the following modifications: L234A, L235A and P329G in the Fc region of human IgG1, that result in attenuated effector function. Substitutions L234A, L235A, and P329G (the L234A/L235A/P329G triple variant is referred to as LALAPG) have previously been shown to reduce binding to Fc receptors and complement (see e.g., US Publication No. 2012/0251531).
  • In various embodiments, Fc variants having reduced effector function refer to Fc variants that reduce effector function (e.g., CDC, ADCC, and/or binding to FcR, etc. activities) by at least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more as compared to the effector function achieved by a wild-type Fc region (e.g., an Fc region not having a mutation to reduce effector function, although it may have other mutations). In certain embodiments, Fc variants having reduced effector function refer to Fc variants that eliminate all detectable effector function as compared to a wild-type Fc region. Assays for measuring effector function are known in the art and described below.
  • In vitro and/or in vivo cytotoxicity assays can be conducted to confirm the reduction/depletion of CDC and/or ADCC activities. For example, Fc receptor (FcR) binding assays can be conducted to ensure that the antibody lacks FcγR binding (hence likely lacking ADCC activity). The primary cells for mediating ADCC, NK cells, express FcγRIII only, whereas monocytes express FcγRI, FcγRII and FcγRIII FcR expression on hematopoietic cells is summarized in Ravetch and Kinet, Annu. Rev. Immunol. 9:457-492 (1991). Non-limiting examples of in vitro assays to assess ADCC activity of a molecule of interest is described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,500,362 (see, e.g. Hellstrom, I. et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 83:7059-7063 (1986)) and Hellstrom, I et al., Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 82:1499-1502 (1985); U.S. Pat. No. 5,821,337 (see Bruggemann, M. et al., J. Exp. Med. 166:1351-1361 (1987)). Alternatively, non-radioactive assays methods may be employed (see, for example, ACTI™ non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay for flow cytometry (CellTechnology, Inc. Mountain View, Calif.; and CytoTox 96® non-radioactive cytotoxicity assay (Promega, Madison, Wis.). Useful effector cells for such assays include peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) and Natural Killer (NK) cells. Alternatively, or additionally, ADCC activity of the molecule of interest may be assessed in vivo, e.g., in an animal model such as that disclosed in Clynes et al. Proc. Nat'l Acad. Sci. USA 95:652-656 (1998). C1q binding assays may also be carried out to confirm that the antibody is unable to bind C1q and hence lacks CDC activity. See, e.g., C1q and C3c binding ELISA in WO 2006/029879 and WO 2005/100402. To assess complement activation, a CDC assay may be performed (see, for example, Gazzano-Santoro et al., J. Immunol. Methods 202:163 (1996); Cragg, M. S. et al., Blood 101:1045-1052 (2003); and Cragg, M. S. and M. J. Glennie, Blood 103:2738-2743 (2004)).
  • Certain antibody variants with improved or diminished binding to FcRs are described. (See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 6,737,056; WO 2004/056312, and Shields et al., J. Biol. Chem. 9(2): 6591-6604 (2001).)
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody variant comprises an Fc region with one or more amino acid substitutions which improve ADCC, e.g., substitutions at positions 298, 333, and/or 334 of the Fc region (EU numbering of residues).
  • In some embodiments, alterations are made in the Fc region that result in altered (i.e., either improved or diminished) C1q binding and/or Complement Dependent Cytotoxicity (CDC), e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,194,551, WO 99/51642, and Idusogie et al. J. Immunol. 164: 4178-4184 (2000).
  • Antibodies with increased half lives and improved binding to the neonatal Fc receptor (FcRn), which is responsible for the transfer of maternal IgGs to the fetus (Guyer et al., J. Immunol. 117:587 (1976) and Kim et al., J. Immunol. 24:249 (1994)), are described in US2005/0014934A1 (Hinton et al.). Those antibodies comprise an Fc region with one or more substitutions therein which improve binding of the Fc region to FcRn. Such Fc variants include those with substitutions at one or more of Fc region residues: 238, 256, 265, 272, 286, 303, 305, 307, 311, 312, 317, 340, 356, 360, 362, 376, 378, 380, 382, 413, 424 or 434, e.g., substitution of Fc region residue 434 (U.S. Pat. No. 7,371,826).
  • See also Duncan & Winter, Nature 322:738-40 (1988); U.S. Pat. No. 5,648,260; U.S. Pat. No. 5,624,821; and WO 94/29351 concerning other examples of Fc region variants.
  • d) Cysteine engineered antibody variants
  • In certain embodiments, it may be desirable to create cysteine engineered antibodies, e.g., “thioMAbs,” in which one or more residues of an antibody are substituted with cysteine residues. In particular embodiments, the substituted residues occur at accessible sites of the antibody. By substituting those residues with cysteine, reactive thiol groups are thereby positioned at accessible sites of the antibody and may be used to conjugate the antibody to other moieties, such as drug moieties or linker-drug moieties, to create an immunoconjugate, as described further herein. In certain embodiments, any one or more of the following residues may be substituted with cysteine: V205 (Kabat numbering) of the light chain; A118 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain; and 5400 (EU numbering) of the heavy chain Fc region. Cysteine engineered antibodies may be generated as described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 7,521,541.
  • e) Antibody Derivatives
  • In certain embodiments, an antibody provided herein may be further modified to contain additional nonproteinaceous moieties that are known in the art and readily available. The moieties suitable for derivatization of the antibody include but are not limited to water soluble polymers. Non-limiting examples of water soluble polymers include, but are not limited to, polyethylene glycol (PEG), copolymers of ethylene glycol/propylene glycol, carboxymethylcellulose, dextran, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, poly-1,3-dioxolane, poly-1,3,6-trioxane, ethylene/maleic anhydride copolymer, polyaminoacids (either homopolymers or random copolymers), and dextran or poly(n-vinyl pyrrolidone)polyethylene glycol, propropylene glycol homopolymers, prolypropylene oxide/ethylene oxide co-polymers, polyoxyethylated polyols (e.g., glycerol), polyvinyl alcohol, and mixtures thereof. Polyethylene glycol propionaldehyde may have advantages in manufacturing due to its stability in water. The polymer may be of any molecular weight, and may be branched or unbranched. The number of polymers attached to the antibody may vary, and if more than one polymer are attached, they can be the same or different molecules. In general, the number and/or type of polymers used for derivatization can be determined based on considerations including, but not limited to, the particular properties or functions of the antibody to be improved, whether the antibody derivative will be used in a therapy under defined conditions, etc.
  • In another embodiment, conjugates of an antibody and nonproteinaceous moiety that may be selectively heated by exposure to radiation are provided. In one embodiment, the nonproteinaceous moiety is a carbon nanotube (Kam et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 102: 11600-11605 (2005)). The radiation may be of any wavelength, and includes, but is not limited to, wavelengths that do not harm ordinary cells, but which heat the nonproteinaceous moiety to a temperature at which cells proximal to the antibody-nonproteinaceous moiety are killed.
  • A. Recombinant Methods and Compositions
  • Antibodies may be produced using recombinant methods and compositions, e.g., as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,816,567. In one embodiment, isolated nucleic acid encoding an anti-CD20 antibody described herein is provided. Such nucleic acid may encode an amino acid sequence comprising the VL and/or an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody (e.g., the light and/or heavy chains of the antibody). In a further embodiment, one or more vectors (e.g., expression vectors) comprising such nucleic acid are provided. In a further embodiment, a host cell comprising such nucleic acid is provided. In one such embodiment, a host cell comprises (e.g., has been transformed with): (1) a vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody, or (2) a first vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VL of the antibody and a second vector comprising a nucleic acid that encodes an amino acid sequence comprising the VH of the antibody. In one embodiment, the host cell is eukaryotic, e.g. a Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cell or lymphoid cell (e.g., Y0, NS0, Sp20 cell). In one embodiment, a method of making an anti-CD20 antibody is provided, wherein the method comprises culturing a host cell comprising a nucleic acid encoding the antibody, as provided above, under conditions suitable for expression of the antibody, and optionally recovering the antibody from the host cell (or host cell culture medium).
  • For recombinant production of an anti-CD20 antibody, nucleic acid encoding an antibody, e.g., as described above, is isolated and inserted into one or more vectors for further cloning and/or expression in a host cell. Such nucleic acid may be readily isolated and sequenced using conventional procedures (e.g., by using oligonucleotide probes that are capable of binding specifically to genes encoding the heavy and light chains of the antibody).
  • Suitable host cells for cloning or expression of antibody-encoding vectors include prokaryotic or eukaryotic cells described herein. For example, antibodies may be produced in bacteria, in particular when glycosylation and Fc effector function are not needed. For expression of antibody fragments and polypeptides in bacteria, see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,648,237, 5,789,199, and 5,840,523. (See also Charlton, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B.K.C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J., 2003), pp. 245-254, describing expression of antibody fragments in E. coli.) After expression, the antibody may be isolated from the bacterial cell paste in a soluble fraction and can be further purified.
  • In addition to prokaryotes, eukaryotic microbes such as filamentous fungi or yeast are suitable cloning or expression hosts for antibody-encoding vectors, including fungi and yeast strains whose glycosylation pathways have been “humanized,” resulting in the production of an antibody with a partially or fully human glycosylation pattern. See Gerngross, Nat. Biotech. 22:1409-1414 (2004), and Li et al., Nat. Biotech. 24:210-215 (2006).
  • Suitable host cells for the expression of glycosylated antibody are also derived from multicellular organisms (invertebrates and vertebrates). Examples of invertebrate cells include plant and insect cells. Numerous baculoviral strains have been identified which may be used in conjunction with insect cells, particularly for transfection of Spodoptera frugiperda cells.
  • Plant cell cultures can also be utilized as hosts. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,959,177, 6,040,498, 6,420,548, 7,125,978, and 6,417,429 (describing PLANTIBODIES™ technology for producing antibodies in transgenic plants).
  • Vertebrate cells may also be used as hosts. For example, mammalian cell lines that are adapted to grow in suspension may be useful. Other examples of useful mammalian host cell lines are monkey kidney CV1 line transformed by SV40 (COS-7); human embryonic kidney line (293 or 293 cells as described, e.g., in Graham et al., J. Gen Virol. 36:59 (1977)); baby hamster kidney cells (BHK); mouse sertoli cells (TM4 cells as described, e.g., in Mather, Biol. Reprod. 23:243-251 (1980)); monkey kidney cells (CV1); African green monkey kidney cells (VERO-76); human cervical carcinoma cells (HELA); canine kidney cells (MDCK; buffalo rat liver cells (BRL 3A); human lung cells (W138); human liver cells (Hep G2); mouse mammary tumor (MMT 060562); TRI cells, as described, e.g., in Mather et al., Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. 383:44-68 (1982); MRC 5 cells; and FS4 cells. Other useful mammalian host cell lines include Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells, including DHFR CHO cells (Urlaub et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 77:4216 (1980)); and myeloma cell lines such as Y0, NS0 and Sp2/0. For a review of certain mammalian host cell lines suitable for antibody production, see, e.g., Yazaki and Wu, Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 248 (B.K.C. Lo, ed., Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.), pp. 255-268 (2003).
  • B. Assays
  • Anti-CD20 antibodies provided herein may be identified, screened for, or characterized for their physical/chemical properties and/or biological activities by various assays known in the art.
  • 1. Binding assays and other assays
  • In one aspect, an antibody of the invention is tested for its antigen binding activity, e.g., by known methods such as ELISA, Western blot, etc. CD20 binding may be determined using methods known in the art and exemplary methods are disclosed herein. In one embodiment, binding is measured using radioimmunoassay. An exemplary radioimmunoassay is provided below. CD20 antibody is iodinated, and competition reaction mixtures are prepared containing a fixed concentration of iodinated antibody and decreasing concentrations of serially diluted, unlabeled CD20 antibody. Cells expressing CD20 (e.g., BT474 cells stably transfected with human CD20) are added to the reaction mixture. Following an incubation, cells are washed to separate the free iodinated CD20 antibody from the CD20 antibody bound to the cells. Level of bound iodinated CD20 antibody is determined, e.g., by counting radioactivity associated with cells, and binding affinity determined using standard methods. In another embodiment, ability of CD20 antibody to bind to surface-expressed CD20 (e.g., on B cell subsets) is assessed using flow cytometry. Peripheral white blood cells are obtained (e.g., from human, cynomolgus monkey, rat or mouse) and cells are blocked with serum. Labeled CD20 antibody is added in serial dilutions, and T cells are also stained to identify T cell subsets (using methods known in the art). Following incubation of the samples and washing, the cells are sorted using flow cytometer, and data analyzed using methods well known in the art. In another embodiment, CD20 binding may be analyzed using surface plasmon resonance. An exemplary surface plasmon resonance method is exemplified in the Examples.
  • In another aspect, competition assays may be used to identify an antibody that competes with any of the anti-CD20 antibodies disclosed herein for binding to CD20. In certain embodiments, such a competing antibody binds to the same epitope (e.g., a linear or a conformational epitope) that is bound by any of the anti-CD20 antibodies disclosed herein. Detailed exemplary methods for mapping an epitope to which an antibody binds are provided in Morris (1996) “Epitope Mapping Protocols,” in Methods in Molecular Biology vol. 66 (Humana Press, Totowa, N.J.).
  • In an exemplary competition assay, immobilized CD20 is incubated in a solution comprising a first labeled antibody that binds to CD20 (e.g., rituximab, a GA101 antibody, etc.) and a second unlabeled antibody that is being tested for its ability to compete with the first antibody for binding to CD20. The second antibody may be present in a hybridoma supernatant. As a control, immobilized CD20 is incubated in a solution comprising the first labeled antibody but not the second unlabeled antibody. After incubation under conditions permissive for binding of the first antibody to CD20, excess unbound antibody is removed, and the amount of label associated with immobilized CD20 is measured. If the amount of label associated with immobilized CD20 is substantially reduced in the test sample relative to the control sample, then that indicates that the second antibody is competing with the first antibody for binding to CD20. See Harlow and Lane (1988) Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual ch. 14 (Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y.).
  • 2. Activity assays
  • Anti-CD20 antibodies of the present disclosure (e.g., a type II antibody) may be identified and/or characterized by one or more activity assays known in the art. For example, a complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and/or antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (ADCC) may be used, as described herein.
  • It is understood that any of the above assays may be carried out using an immunoconjugate of the invention in place of or in addition to an anti-CD20 antibody.
  • It is understood that any of the above assays may be carried out using anti-CD20 antibody and an additional therapeutic agent.
  • C. Immunoconjugates
  • The invention also provides immunoconjugates comprising an anti-CD20 antibody herein conjugated to one or more cytotoxic agents, such as chemotherapeutic agents or drugs, growth inhibitory agents, toxins (e.g., protein toxins, enzymatically active toxins of bacterial, fungal, plant, or animal origin, or fragments thereof), or radioactive isotopes.
  • In one embodiment, an immunoconjugate is an antibody-drug conjugate (ADC) in which an antibody is conjugated to one or more drugs, including but not limited to a maytansinoid (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,208,020, 5,416,064 and European Patent EP 0 425 235 B1); an auristatin such as monomethylauristatin drug moieties DE and DF (MMAE and MMAF) (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,635,483 and 5,780,588, and 7,498,298); a dolastatin; a calicheamicin or derivative thereof (see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,712,374, 5,714,586, 5,739,116, 5,767,285, 5,770,701, 5,770,710, 5,773,001, and 5,877,296; Hinman et al., Cancer Res. 53:3336-3342 (1993); and Lode et al., Cancer Res. 58:2925-2928 (1998)); an anthracycline such as daunomycin or doxorubicin (see Kratz et al., Current Med. Chem. 13:477-523 (2006); Jeffrey et al., Bioorganic & Med. Chem. Letters 16:358-362 (2006); Torgov et al., Bioconj. Chem. 16:717-721 (2005); Nagy et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97:829-834 (2000); Dubowchik et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Letters 12:1529-1532 (2002); King et al., J. Med. Chem. 45:4336-4343 (2002); and U.S. Pat. No. 6,630,579); methotrexate; vindesine; a taxane such as docetaxel, paclitaxel, larotaxel, tesetaxel, and ortataxel; a trichothecene; and CC1065.
  • In another embodiment, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to an enzymatically active toxin or fragment thereof, including but not limited to diphtheria A chain, nonbinding active fragments of diphtheria toxin, exotoxin A chain (from Pseudomonas aeruginosa), ricin A chain, abrin A chain, modeccin A chain, alpha-sarcin, Aleurites fordii proteins, dianthin proteins, Phytolaca americana proteins (PAPI, PAPII, and PAP-S), momordica charantia inhibitor, curcin, crotin, sapaonaria officinalis inhibitor, gelonin, mitogellin, restrictocin, phenomycin, enomycin, and the tricothecenes.
  • In another embodiment, an immunoconjugate comprises an antibody as described herein conjugated to a radioactive atom to form a radioconjugate. A variety of radioactive isotopes are available for the production of radioconjugates. Examples include At211, I131, I125, Y90, Re186, Re188, Sm153, Bi212, P32, Pb212 and radioactive isotopes of Lu. When the radioconjugate is used for detection, it may comprise a radioactive atom for scintigraphic studies, for example tc99m or I123, or a spin label for nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) imaging (also known as magnetic resonance imaging, mri), such as iodine-123 again, iodine-131, indium-111, fluorine-19, carbon-13, nitrogen-15, oxygen-17, gadolinium, manganese or iron.
  • Conjugates of an antibody and cytotoxic agent may be made using a variety of bifunctional protein coupling agents such as N-succinimidyl-3-(2-pyridyldithio) propionate (SPDP), succinimidyl-4-(N-maleimidomethyl)cyclohexane-1-carboxylate (SMCC), iminothiolane (IT), bifunctional derivatives of imidoesters (such as dimethyl adipimidate HCl), active esters (such as disuccinimidyl suberate), aldehydes (such as glutaraldehyde), bis-azido compounds (such as bis(p-azidobenzoyl) hexanediamine), bis-diazonium derivatives (such as bis-(p-diazoniumbenzoyl)-ethylenediamine), diisocyanates (such as toluene 2,6-diisocyanate), and bis-active fluorine compounds (such as 1,5-difluoro-2,4-dinitrobenzene). For example, a ricin immunotoxin can be prepared as described in Vitetta et al., Science 238:1098 (1987). Carbon-14-labeled 1-isothiocyanatobenzyl-3-methyldiethylene triaminepentaacetic acid (MX-DTPA) is an exemplary chelating agent for conjugation of radionucleotide to the antibody. See WO94/11026. The linker may be a “cleavable linker” facilitating release of a cytotoxic drug in the cell. For example, an acid-labile linker, peptidase-sensitive linker, photolabile linker, dimethyl linker or disulfide-containing linker (Chari et al., Cancer Res. 52:127-131 (1992); U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020) may be used.
  • The immunuoconjugates or ADCs herein expressly contemplate, but are not limited to such conjugates prepared with cross-linker reagents including, but not limited to, BMPS, EMCS, GMBS, HBVS, LC-SMCC, MBS, MPBH, SBAP, SIA, SIAB, SMCC, SMPB, SMPH, sulfo-EMCS, sulfo-GMBS, sulfo-KMUS, sulfo-MBS, sulfo-SIAB, sulfo-SMCC, and sulfo-SMPB, and SVSB (succinimidyl-(4-vinylsulfone)benzoate) which are commercially available (e.g., from Pierce Biotechnology, Inc., Rockford, Ill., U.S.A).
  • Methods for Treating or Delaying Progression of Lupus Nephritis
  • Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis (LN) in an individual that has lupus. In some embodiments, the individual or patient is a human.
  • LN is known in the art as a manifestation of lupus (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced lupus, neonatal lupus, or discoid lupus) in the kidney(s). The most common type of lupus that manifests in the kidneys is systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE). It is thought that 25-50% of SLE patients have abnormalities in the urine and/or renal function early in the course of their disease, with up to 60% of adults and 80% of children eventually developing LN (for more details, see Cameron, J. S. (1999) J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 10:413-424). LN is thought to account for at least 50% of the morbidity and mortality associated with SLE.
  • In addition, renal manifestations have also been noted in other types of lupus, such as discoid (Roujeau, J. C. et al. (1984) Acta Derm. Venereol. 64:160-163) and drug-induced lupus (Smith, P. R. et al. (1999) Rheumatology (Oxford) 38:1017-1018). In some embodiments, the individual has SLE, discoid lupus, or drug-induced lupus.
  • Diagnosis of SLE may be according to current American College of Rheumatology (ACR) criteria. Active disease may be defined by one British Isles Lupus Activity Group's (BILAG) “A” criteria or two BILAG “B” criteria; SLE Disease Activity Index (SLEDAI); or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) responder index (SRI) as noted in the Examples below and descrived in Furie et al., Arthritis Rheum. 61(9):1143-51 (2009). Some signs, symptoms, or other indicators used to diagnose SLE adapted from: Tan et al. “The Revised Criteria for the Classification of SLE” Arth Rheum 25 (1982) may be malar rash such as rash over the cheeks, discoid rash, or red raised patches, photosensitivity such as reaction to sunlight, resulting in the development of or increase in skin rash, oral ulcers such as ulcers in the nose or mouth, usually painless, arthritis, such as non-erosive arthritis involving two or more peripheral joints (arthritis in which the bones around the joints do not become destroyed), serositis, pleuritis or pericarditis, renal disorder such as excessive protein in the urine (greater than 0.5 gm/day or 3+ on test sticks) and/or cellular casts (abnormal elements derived from the urine and/or white cells and/or kidney tubule cells), neurologic signs, symptoms, or other indicators, seizures (convulsions), and/or psychosis in the absence of drugs or metabolic disturbances that are known to cause such effects, and hematologic signs, symptoms, or other indicators such as hemolytic anemia or leukopenia (white blood count below 4,000 cells per cubic millimeter) or lymphopenia (less than 1,500 lymphocytes per cubic millimeter) or thrombocytopenia (less than 100,000 platelets per cubic millimeter). The leukopenia and lymphopenia must be detected on two or more occasions. The thrombocytopenia must be detected in the absence of drugs known to induce it. The invention is not limited to these signs, symptoms, or other indicators of lupus.
  • The presence of autoantibodies may be tested as an indication for lupus. Autoantibodies may include without limitation anti-dsDNA antibodies, anti-complement antibodies, and antinuclear antibodies (e.g., an ENA panel). ENA refers to Extractable Nuclear Antigens, i.e., a group of nuclear antigens including, e.g., RNP, Ro/SS-A, La/SS-B, Sm, SCL-70, Jo-1, as described in McNeilage et al., J., Clin. Lab. Immunol. 15:1-17 (1984); Whittingham, Ann. Acad. Med. 17(2):195-200 (1988); Wallace and Hahn, DUBOIS' LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS, 7TH ED. LIPPINCOTT (2007); Tang et al., Medicine 89(1): 62-67 (2010). Antibodies to ENA have been correlated to lupus. McNeilage et al., 1984; Whittingham 1988; Asherson et al., Medicine 68(6): 366-374 (1989); and Tang et al., 2010. Reduced complement activity may also be associated with lupus, e.g., as measured by C3 levels, C4 levels, and/or a CH50 assay.
  • As described above in reference to SLE, it is known in the art that LN often manifests progressively in patients with lupus (e.g., systemic lupus erythematosus, drug-induced lupus, neonatal lupus, or discoid lupus). That is to say, a patient may be diagnosed with lupus without a clinical or pathological manifestation of one or more LN symptoms. Nonetheless, the patient may still be considered to be at risk for developing LN due to the high frequency of lupus patients that eventually develop LN. Therefore, in some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure may find use in delaying progression of LN, or preventing LN, in a patient with lupus. In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure may find use in postponing or preventing the onset of LN in a patient with lupus (e.g., a form of lupus that lacks a manifestation in the kidney(s)).
  • LN pathology may be classified according to the International Society of Nephrology/Renal Pathology Society (ISN/RPS) 2003 classification system, as shown in the table below (see Markowitz G S, D'Agati V D (2007) Kidney Int 71:491-495 and Weening, J J (2004) Kidney Int 65:521-530 for further descriptions and definitions of terms).
  • TABLE 3
    ISN/RPS 2003 Classification of Lupus Nephritis.
    Class Minimal mesangial LN
    I (Normal glomeruli by light microscopy, but mesangial immune
    deposits by immunofluorescence)
    Class Mesangial proliferative LN
    II (Purely mesangial hypercellularity of any degree or mesangial
    matrix expansion by light microscopy, with mesangial
    immune deposits. A few isolated subepithelial or subendothelial
    deposits may be visible by immunofluorescence or electron
    microscopy, but not by light microscopy)
    Class Focal LN
    III (Active or inactive focal, segmental or global endo-or
    extracapillary glomerulonephritis involving <50% of all
    glomeruli, typically with focal subendothelial immune
    deposits, with or without mesangial alterations)
    III (A): active lesions (focal proliferative LN)
    III (A/C): active and chronic lesions (focal proliferative and
    sclerosing LN)
    III (C): chronic inactive lesions with glomerular scars (focal
    sclerosing LN)
    Class Diffuse LN
    IV (Active or inactive diffuse, segmental or global endo-or
    extracapillary glomerulonephritis involving ≧50% of all
    glomeruli, typically with diffuse subendothelial
    immune deposits, with or without mesangial alterations.
    This class is divided into diffuse segmental (IV-S) LN
    when ≧50% of the involved glomeruli have segmental lesions,
    and diffuse global (IV-G) LN when ≧50% of the involved
    glomeruli have global lesions. Segmental is
    defined as a glomerular lesion that involves less than half of the
    glomerular tuft. This class includes cases with diffuse wire loop
    deposits but with little or no glomerular proliferation.)
    IV-S (A): active lesions (diffuse segmental proliferative LN)
    IV-G (A): active lesions (diffuse global proliferative LN)
    IV-S (A/C): active and chronic lesions (diffuse segmental
    proliferative and sclerosing LN)
    IV-G (A/C): active and chronic lesions (diffuse global
    proliferative and sclerosing LN)
    IV-S (C): chronic inactive lesions with scars (diffuse segmental
    sclerosing LN)
    IV-G (C): chronic inactive lesions with scars (diffuse global
    sclerosing LN)
    Class Membranous LN
    V (Global or segmental subepithelial immune deposits or their
    morphologic sequelae by light microscopy and by immuno-
    fluorescence or electron microscopy, with or without mesangial
    alterations.)
    Class Advanced sclerotic LN
    VI
    90% of glomeruli globally sclerosed without residual activity)
    LN = lupus nephritis; A = active; C = chronic; G = global; S = segmental.
    Note:
    Class V may occur in combination with Class III or IV, in which case both will be diagnosed. Class V LN may show advanced sclerosis.
  • In some embodiments, the patient has class III or class IV LN. In some embodiments, the patient has class III LN. For example, in some embodiments, the patient has class III(A) or class III(A/C) LN. In some embodiments, the patient has class IV LN. For example, in some embodiments, the patient has class IV-S(A), IV-G(A), IV-S(A/C), or IV-G(A/C) LN. As shown in Table 3 above, class V LN may also occur concomitantly with class III or class IV LN. In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure are used to treat a patient with class III or class IV LN and concomitant class V LN.
  • As discussed above, a high frequency of patients with lupus (e.g., SLE) eventually develop LN. In some embodiments, the patient is at risk for developing LN. In some embodiments, the patient is at risk for developing class III or class IV LN. In some embodiments, the patient is at risk for developing class III or class IV LN with concomitant class V LN.
  • In some embodiments, the patient does not have class III(C) LN (e.g., as described in Table 3 above). In some embodiments, the patient does not have class IV(C) LN, such as class IV-S(C) or IV-G(C) LN (e.g., as described in Table 3 above).
  • Several lab tests known in the art may be used to diagnose and/or monitor the presence, progression, and/or response to treatment in lupus nephritis. In some embodiments, serum creatinine may be measured. In some embodiments, the normal range for serum creatinine may be from about 0.6 to about 1.3 mg/dL, with some variation seen by age, between men and women, and from lab to lab. In some embodiments, the presence of urinary sediment and/or casts may be measured, e.g., by microscopic examination of urine. For example, the number of red blood cells in a urine sample may be assayed by microscopic examination. In some embodiments, a normal value for urinary sediment may be about 4 red blood cells (RBC) or less per high power field (HPF). Urinary casts may include without limitation red blood cell casts, white blood cell casts, renal tubular epithelial cell casts, waxy casts, hyaline casts, granular casts, and fatty casts. In some embodiments, a urinary protein to creatinine ratio (UPCR) may be measured. The presence of protein in the urine (proteinuria) may also be assayed by tests including without limitation a urine albumin to creatinine ratio (UACR) and dipstick urinalysis. Other tests and/or measures that may be useful for examining renal function include without limitation a renal panel, creatinine clearance, sodium, potassium, chloride, bicarbonate, phosphorus, calcium, albumin, blood urea nitrogen (BUN), creatinine, glucose, estimated glomerular filtration rate (eGFR), BUN/creatinine ratio, and anion gap, and may include a measurement of the above parameters in the blood and/or urine, where appropriate. For more detailed description, see, e.g., the American College of Rheumatology Guidelines for Screening, Case Definition, Treatment and Management of Lupus Nephritis (Hahn, B. et al. (2012) Arthritis Care Res. 64:797-808).
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure include administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody. Any of the type II anti-CD20 antibodies described herein may be used, e.g., a GA101 antibody such as obinutuzumab. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 18 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 19 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 20 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 21 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 22 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 23 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 24 weeks after the first antibody exposure, about 25 weeks after the first antibody exposure, or about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until less than about any of the following weeks after the first antibody exposure: 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, or 19. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure is not provided until greater than about any of the following weeks after the first antibody exposure: 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25. That is, the second antibody exposure is not provided until any of a range of weeks having an upper limit of 26, 25, 24, 23, 22, 21, 20, or 19 and an independently selected lower limit of 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, or 25, wherein the lower limit is less than the upper limit.
  • The dosing regimens described herein use a consistent system for tracking time between doses whereby the first dose is administered to the patient on Day 1. As described herein, an antibody exposure of the present disclosure may include one or two doses. In cases where the antibody exposures contain one dose, references to a second antibody exposure not provided until a period of time has elapsed after a first antibody exposure (as described herein) refer to the amount of time elapsed between the dose of the first antibody exposure (e.g., Day 1) and the dose of the second antibody exposure. If the first antibody exposure includes two doses, the first dose of the first antibody exposure is provided on Day 1. In cases where the antibody exposures contain two doses, references to a second antibody exposure not provided until a period of time has elapsed after a first antibody exposure (as described herein) refer to the amount of time elapsed between the first of the two doses of the first antibody exposure (e.g., Day 1) and the first dose of the two doses of the second antibody exposure. For example, if a method of the present disclosure includes a first antibody exposure with two doses and a second antibody exposure with two doses, and the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 22 weeks after the first antibody exposure, then the interval between the first dose of the first antibody exposure and the first dose of the second antibody exposure is about 22 weeks.
  • In some embodiments, a first antibody exposure of the present disclosure includes one or two doses of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure contains a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure contains a total exposure of about 1800 mg, about 1900 mg, about 2000 mg, about 2100 mg, or about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure includes two doses. In some embodiments, the first antibody exposure includes a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first dose of the first antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
  • In some embodiments, a second antibody exposure of the present disclosure includes one or two doses of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure contains a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure contains a total exposure of about 1800 mg, about 1900 mg, about 2000 mg, about 2100 mg, or about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure includes two doses. In some embodiments, the second antibody exposure includes a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the first dose of the second antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure contains about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure. In some embodiments, the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
  • In some embodiments, a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure is administered intravenously (e.g., by IV infusion).
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an immunosuppressive agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). Several classes of immunosuppressive agents are known in the art, including without limitation cytostatics (e.g., cytotoxic agents such as antibiotics, alkylating agents (e.g., cyclophosphamide, also known as cytophosphane), inosine monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitors, antimetabolites such as protein synthesis inhibitors, folic acid analogs, purine analogs, pyrimidine analogs, and the like), immunosuppressive antibodies, glucocorticoids, drugs targeting immunophilins (e.g., tacrolimus, sirolimus, rapamycin and analogs thereof, ciclosporin, and the like), mTOR active site inhibitors, mycophenolic acid and derivatives or salts thereof, TNF binding proteins, interferons, opiods, and other small molecules (e.g., fingolimod). In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes mycophenolic acid, a derivative of mycophenolic acid, or a salt of mycophenolic acid. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes mycophenolate mofetil. In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes CellCept® (Roche). In some embodiments, the immunosuppressive agent includes Myfortic® (Novartis). Effective amounts of the immunosuppressive agents of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered at 2.0-2.5 g/day as illustrated in FIG. 1. In some embodiments, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered starting at 1000 mg/day in divided doses (2 times/day) and titrating up to 2.0-2.5 g/day in divided doses (2 times/day) by week 4.
  • In some embodiments, an immunosuppressive agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for lupus. In some embodiments, an immunosuppressive agent may be administered throughout the period of treatment with a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, mycophenolate mofetil may be administered as described above throughout the period of treatment with the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). A variety of naturally occurring and synthetic glucocorticoids/corticosteroids are known in the art, including without limitation beclometasone, triamcinolone, dexamethasone, betamethasone, prednisone, methylprednisolone, prednisolone, cortisone, and cortisol. In some embodiments, the glucocorticoids/corticosteroid includes methylprednisolone. In some embodiments, the glucocorticoids/corticosteroid includes prednisone. Effective amounts of the glucocorticoids/corticosteroids of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, methylprednisolone may be administered at 750-1000 mg doses once daily by IV. As another example, prednisone may be administered orally at 0.5 mg/kg and optionally tapered to 7.5 mg/day.
  • In some embodiments, a glucocorticoid may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., to treat LN clinical activity. In some embodiments, a glucocorticoid may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, 80 mg methylprednisolone may be administered by IV 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure. In some embodiments, prednisone (e.g., orally administered) and/or methyl prednisolone (e.g., IV administered) may be administered with treatment, followed by a maintenance treatment (e.g., mycophenolate mofetil or cyclophosphamide).
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an antihistamine (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). Antihistamines known in the art and currently in clinical use include histamine H1-receptor and histamine H2-receptor antagonists or inverse agonists. In some embodiments, the antihistamine includes diphenhydramine. Effective amounts of the antihistamines of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, diphenhydramine may be administered in 50 mg oral doses.
  • In some embodiments, an antihistamine may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a prophylactic treatment. In some embodiments, an antihistamine may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, 50 mg diphenhydramine may be administered orally 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug or NSAID (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). NSAIDs known in the art include acetic acid derivatives, propionic acid derivatives, salicylates, enolic acid derivatives, anthranilic acid derivatives, selective COX-2 inhibitors, sulfonanilides, and the like. In some embodiments, the NSAID includes acetaminophen. Effective amounts of the NSAIDs of the present disclosure are known in the art and readily ascertainable by standard assays. For example, acetaminophen may be administered in 650-1000 mg oral doses.
  • In some embodiments, an NSAID may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a prophylactic treatment. In some embodiments, an NSAID may be administered prior to administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., 30-60 minutes before the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, 650-1000 mg acetaminophen may be administered orally 30-60 minutes before administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an anti-malarial agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). Examples of anti-malarial agents that may be used include without limitation hydroxychloroquine, chloroquine, and quinacrine. In some embodiments, an anti-malarial agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of an integrin antagonist (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). Examples of integrin antagonists that may be used include without limitation an LFA-1 antibody, such as efalizumab (RAPTIΓVA®) commercially available from Genentech, or an alpha 4 integrin antibody such as natalizumab (ANTEGREN®) available from Biogen, or diazacyclic phenylalanine derivatives, phenylalanine derivatives, phenylpropionic acid derivatives, enamine derivatives, propanoic acid derivatives, alkanoic acid derivatives, substituted phenyl derivatives, aromatic amine derivatives, ADAM disintegrin domain polypeptides, antibodies to alphavbeta3 integrin, aza-bridged bicyclic amino acid derivatives, etc. In some embodiments, an integrin antagonist may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a cytokine antagonist (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). Examples of cytokine antagonists that may be used include without limitation an antagonist (e.g., an antagonist antibody) against IL-1, IL-1α, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-6, IL-7, IL-8, IL-9, IL-11, IL-12, IL-15; a tumor necrosis factor such as TNF-α or TNF-β; and other polypeptide factors including LIF and kit ligand (KL). In some embodiments, a cytokine antagonist may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., as a treatment for one or more symptoms of lupus.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an effective amount of a hormone (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). In some embodiments, a hormone (e.g., for hormone replacement therapy) may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., for a medical treatment in a women with lupus.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering a standard of care treatment (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). In some embodiments, a standard of care treatment may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., for treating or preventing one or more symptoms of lupus. In certain embodiments, a standard of care treatment may be administered after a second antibody exposure of the present disclosure. For example, a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure may be administered as described herein to a patient as an induction therapy, then the patient may be treated according to standard of care as a maintenance therapy. Standard of care treatments for lupus are well known in the art and include without limitation an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-receptor blocker, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil (e.g., at a dose as described herein, such as 2.0-2.5 g/day), azathioprine, and a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid (e.g., prednisone, such as a prednisone taper).
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure further include administering an anti-hypertensive agent (e.g., in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein). In some embodiments, an anti-hypertensive agent may be administered before, during, or after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure, e.g., for treating or preventing hypertension. In some embodiments, anti-hypertensive agents includes without limitation ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers. In some embodiments, an anti-hypertensive agent listed in Table 5 is administered, e.g., at a dose within the ranges described in Table 5.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure result in a complete renal response (CRR) in an individual. In some embodiments, a CRR comprises all of the following: a normalization of serum creatinine, an inactive urinary sediment, and a urinary protein to creatinine ratio of <0.5. In some embodiments, a normalization of serum creatinine is characterized by serum creatinine less than or equal to the upper limit of normal (ULN) range of central laboratory values, and/or serum creatinine 15% above baseline and less than or equal to the ULN range of central laboratory values if baseline (e.g., Day 1) serum creatinine is within the normal range of the central laboratory values. In some embodiments, an inactive urinary sediment is characterized by <10 RBCs/high-power field (HPF) and/or the absence of red cell casts. For more detailed discussion of CRR and partial renal response (PRR) in LN, see, e.g., Chen, Y. E. et al. (2008) Clin. J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 3:46-53.
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure result in a complete renal response (CRR) or a partial renal response (PRR) in an individual. In some embodiments, a PRR comprises one or more of the following: a normalization of serum creatinine, an inactive urinary sediment, and a urinary protein to creatinine ratio of <0.5. In some embodiments, a PRR comprises one or more of the following: mitigation of one or more symptoms including without limitation a reduction in serum creatinine, reduced urinary sediment, a reduction in proteinuria, and any other improvement in renal function. In some embodiments, a CRR or PRR comprises a reduction in one or more biomarkers of lupus activity, including without limitation anti-dsDNA antibodies, antinuclear antibodies/ENA, anti-complement antibodies, reduced levels of complement C3 and/or C4, and reduced complement activity (e.g., as measured by CH50 assay).
  • In some embodiments, the methods of the present disclosure result in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in an individual. In some embodiments, after administration of a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure (e.g., according to any of the methods described herein), circulating peripheral B cells are present in peripheral blood at about 10 cells/μl, or fewer, about 9 cells/μl, or fewer, about 8 cells/μl, or fewer, about 7 cells/μl, or fewer, about 6 cells/μl, or fewer, about 5 cells/μl, or fewer, about 4 cells/μl, or fewer, about 3 cells/μl, or fewer, about 2 cells/μl, or fewer, or about 1 cell/μl, or fewer. In some embodiments, circulating peripheral B cells in the individual are depleted by at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40%, at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, or about 100%. In some embodiments, depletion of circulating peripheral B cells refers to a measurement of circulating peripheral B cells taken after a first antibody exposure (e.g., including 1 or 2 doses of an anti-CD20 antibody as described herein), after a second antibody exposure (e.g., including 1 or 2 doses of an anti-CD20 antibody as described herein), 3 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), 6 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), 9 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), or 12 months after treatment (e.g., after receiving a first and/or a second antibody exposure as described herein), e.g., as compared to a corresponding measurement in the same individual before treatment, or as compared to a corresponding measurement in a control individual (e.g., an individual that has not received treatment).
  • Methods for assaying depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in an individual are known in the art, e.g., flow cytometry using one or more antibodies that recognize a B cell marker. In some embodiments, highly sensitive flow cytometry (HSFC) may be used to assay depletion of circulating peripheral B cells (see, e.g., Vital, E. M. et al. (2011) Arthritis Rheum. 63:3038-3047). In some embodiments, the B cells are CD19+ B cells. In some embodiments, the B cells are naïve B cells (e.g., CD19+CD27− B cells), memory B cells (e.g., CD19+CD27+ B cells), or plasmablasts (e.g., CD19+CD27+CD38++ B cells).
  • IV. ARTICLES OF MANUFACTURE OR KITS
  • In another aspect of the invention, an article of manufacture or kit containing materials useful for the treatment, prevention and/or diagnosis of the disorders described above is provided. The article of manufacture or kit comprises a container and a label or package insert on or associated with the container. Suitable containers include, for example, bottles, vials, syringes, IV solution bags, etc. The containers may be formed from a variety of materials such as glass or plastic. The container holds a composition which is by itself or combined with another composition effective for treating, preventing and/or diagnosing the condition and may have a sterile access port (for example the container may be an intravenous solution bag or a vial having a stopper pierceable by a hypodermic injection needle). At least one active agent in the composition is an antibody described herein (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure). The label or package insert indicates that the composition is used for treating the condition of choice, e.g., according to any of the methods described herein. Alternatively, or additionally, the article of manufacture or kit may further comprise a second (or third) container comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable buffer, such as bacteriostatic water for injection (BWFI), phosphate-buffered saline, Ringer's solution and dextrose solution. It may further include other materials desirable from a commercial and user standpoint, including other buffers, diluents, filters, needles, and syringes.
  • In some embodiments, provided herein is a kit comprising a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and an optional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, a package insert comprising instructions for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, e.g., wherein the instructions indicate that at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody are administered to the individual, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody. In some embodiments, provided herein is a kit comprising a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure and an optional pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and, optionally, a package insert comprising instructions for treating or delaying progression of class III or class IV lupus nephritis in an individual. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6. In some embodiments of any of the above embodiments, the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
  • The article of manufacture may still further comprise a second or third container comprising a second medicament, wherein the anti-CD20 antibody (e.g., a type II anti-CD20 antibody of the present disclosure) is a first medicament, where the article further comprises instructions on the package insert for treating the subject with the second medicament. Exemplary second medicaments include a chemotherapeutic agent, an immunosuppressive agent, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, a hormone, and any of the treatments that may be used in conjunction with a type II anti-CD20 antibody as described herein. The article of manufacture in these embodiments may further comprise a package insert indicating that the compositions can be used to treat a particular condition.
  • It is understood that any of the above articles of manufacture may include an immunoconjugate of the invention in place of or in addition to an anti-CD20 antibody.
  • The specification is considered to be sufficient to enable one skilled in the art to practice the invention. Various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the foregoing description and fall within the scope of the appended claims. All publications, patents, and patent applications cited herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
  • EXAMPLES
  • The invention will be more fully understood by reference to the following examples. They should not, however, be construed as limiting the scope of the invention. It is understood that the examples and embodiments described herein are for illustrative purposes only and that various modifications or changes in light thereof will be suggested to persons skilled in the art and are to be included within the spirit and purview of this application and scope of the appended claims.
  • Example 1 A Pharmacology Study of Obinutuzumab Administered with Mycophenolate Mofetil in Patients with Class III/IV Lupus Nephritis Study Design
  • This Phase II study is designed to assess the safety and efficacy of obinutuzumab (i.e., a type II anti-CD20 antibody) as an add-on therapy to mycophenolate mofetil (MMF) in patients with active ISN/RPS Class III/IV lupus nephritis (LN). The Phase II study is a parallel-group, double-blind, randomized, placebo-controlled study comparing the efficacy and safety of obinutuzumab plus MMF with placebo plus MMF in Class III and IV patients with proliferative LN (FIG. 1).
  • The study is also a prospective, multicenter study. Patients diagnosed with ISN/RPS Class III or IV LN, in some embodiments with a diagnosis of SLE according to current ACR criteria (at least 4 criteria must be present, one of which must be a positive anti-nuclear antibody), are enrolled in centers throughout the world. The study includes standard-of-care therapy with angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors/angiotensin II receptor blockers, MMF (dosed at 2.0-2.5 g/day), and a prednisone taper.
  • As described in greater detail below, patients are 18-75 years of age and have ISN/RPS 2003 Class III or IV proliferative LN (see Weening, J J (2004) J. Am. Soc. Nephrol. 15:241-250) as evidenced by renal biopsy performed within 6 months prior to screening and may have concomitant Class V disease (e.g., Class III/V or Class IV/V). Patients with Class III (C) or Class IV (C) disease are excluded because of the lower likelihood of response within these categories.
  • Inclusion criteria for the study include:
  • (a) Signed Informed Consent Form;
  • (b) Age 18-75 years;
    (c) Ability to comply with study protocol;
    (d) Diagnosis of systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) according to current ACR criteria (at least 4 criteria must be present, one of which must be a positive anti-nuclear antibody);
    (e) Diagnosis of ISN/RPS 2003 Class III or IV LN as evidenced by renal biopsy performed within 6 months prior to screening (patients may also co-exhibit Class V disease in addition to either Class III or Class IV disease);
    (f) Demonstration of active urinary sediment as evidenced by 10 RBCs/HPF or the presence of red cell casts; and
    (g) Proteinuria (urine protein to creatinine ratio>1.0, based on a 24-hour urine collection).
  • Key exclusion criteria include:
  • (a) Retinitis, poorly controlled seizure disorder, acute confusional state, myelitis, stroke or stroke syndrome, cerebellar ataxia, or dementia that is currently active and resulting from SLE;
    (b) Presence of rapidly progressive glomerulonephritis (defined by the presence of crescent formation in 50% of glomeruli assessed on renal biopsy or the doubling of serum creatinine within 12 weeks of screening);
    (c) Severe renal impairment as defined by estimated GFR<30 mL/min or the need for dialysis or renal transplant;
    (d) Greater than 50% of glomeruli with sclerosis on renal biopsy;
    (e) Treatment with cyclophosphamide or calcineurin inhibitors within the 3 months prior to randomization; and
    (f) Unstable disease with thrombocytopenia or at high risk for developing clinically significant bleeding or organ dysfunction requiring therapies such as plasmapheresis or acute blood or platelet transfusions.
  • Patients receive an initial 1000 mg of methylprednisolone intravenously (IV) prior to or during screening, and may receive up to 3000 mg methylprednisolone IV prior to randomization for severe clinical activity according to guidelines of routine care for these patients. Patients receive 80 mg methylprednisolone (or methylprednisolone placebo) IV on the day of the obinutuzumab/placebo infusion to reduce infusion-related events. The oral prednisone taper is 0.5 mg/kg and is reduced over 12 weeks. This modified taper is initiated in recognition that prednisone doses above 10 mg/day are associated with significant adverse events, including increased risk of cardiovascular events (Bichile, T. and Petri, M. (2014) Presse Med. 43:e187-195). Prior experience with rituximab suggests that it can potentially enable complete and partial renal responses in the absence of oral prednisone or a prednisone taper, thus allowing the use of lower doses of corticosteroids (Condon, M. B. et al. (2013) Ann. Rheum. Dis. 72:1280-1286).
  • Patients are followed for 12 months until the primary endpoint evaluation, and an interim analysis at 6 months is performed to evaluate early differences in CRR. All patients have central reading of the renal biopsy histopathology and also receive repeat renal biopsy as available on the basis of clinical status and local practice. All patients are evaluated by high sensitivity flow cytometry (HSFC) to evaluate the ability of obinutuzumab to deplete circulating peripheral B cells, and an interim PD analysis is performed to assess whether patients do not fully deplete peripheral CD19+ B cells as anticipated.
  • Dosing and Non-Investigational Medicinal Products
  • The dosing regimen for the study is obinutuzumab administered by IV infusion at a dose of 1000 mg on Days 1, 15, 168, and 182 (test group); or obinutuzumab placebo (e.g., saline IV, corresponding to the obinutuzumab1000-mg dose) administered by IV infusion on Days 1, 15, 168, and 182. The obinutuzumab/placebo is administered in a hospital or clinic environment where full resuscitation facilities are immediately available and under close supervision of the investigator or designee. After the end of the infusion, the IV line remains in place for at least 1 hour to enable administration of IV drugs if necessary. If no adverse events occur during this period of time, the IV line may be removed.
  • After screening, patients who are not already receiving MMF receive 1500 mg/day MMF in divided doses (2-3 times/day), and all patient doses are titrated up to a target dose of 2.0-2.5 g/day in divided doses (2-3 times/day) by Week 4, as tolerated. If reductions in dose are necessary, decreases are allowed in 250-500 mg decrements. During screening or at randomization, if clinically indicated, patients may receive 750-1000 mg methylprednisolone IV once daily for up to three days to treat underlying LN clinical activity. Patients receive 0.5 mg/kg oral prednisone during screening or at randomization, tapering this prednisone dose, per protocol, starting on Day 16 and reducing the prednisone dosage to 7.5 mg/day by Week 12. These treatments are described in further detail below.
  • Concomitant Therapy and Clinical Practice
  • Patients who are not already taking vitamin D (400 IU/day) and calcium supplements (1200 mg/day of calcium citrate or 1500 mg/day of calcium carbonate) begin taking these supplements at randomization. All patients take either an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor or an angiotensin receptor blocker titrated to adequate blood pressure control as recommended by the National Kidney Foundation for chronic kidney disease. Other agents that affect proteinuria are not allowed to be initiated during the study, including but not limited to non-dihydropyridine calcium antagonists, dihydropyridine calcium antagonists, aldosterone antagonists, and direct renin antagonists.
  • Mycophenolate Mofetil (MMF)
  • All patients continue on or initiate use of MMF during screening or no later than Day 1. The initial dosage is 1500 mg/day by mouth, given in two or three divided doses and titrated upward to 2.0-2.5 g/day in divided doses by Week 4. MMF may be increased by 500 mg/week, as tolerated up to a maximum dosage of 2.5 g/day. Reductions are allowed because of adverse effects.
  • Newly diagnosed patients with LN with no prior exposure to MMF are recommended to initiate an induction agent (MMF or cyclophosphamide) and then be re-assessed for eligibility. A proportion of patients who are initially treated with MMF or cyclophosphamide achieve CRR and therefore have minimal need for added immunosuppression (Dall'Era, M. et al. (2011) Arthritis Care Res. 63:351-357).
  • For those patients who enter the study already receiving a dosage of MMF higher than 1500 mg/day, MMF will be titrated upward, as tolerated, to a goal of 2.5 g/day, given in divided doses, by Week 4. A patient's current dose of MMF is given in 2 or 3 divided doses and increased by 500 mg/week as tolerated.
  • Corticosteroid Administration
  • All patients receive a combination of IV and oral corticosteroids as part of their initial therapy for LN. Methylprednisolone (e.g., Solu-Medrol®) is implemented for two purposes: as part of the usual care for patients with active Class III or IV LN and also to reduce infusion-related reactions (IRRs) on the days of obinutuzumab/placebo infusions. Up to three doses of IV methylprednisolone 1000 mg are given on the basis of investigator judgement and local practice. Up to three 1000 mg infusions may have been initiated prior to screening or during the screening interval.
  • On Days 1, 15, 168, and 186, patients receive 80 mg IV methylprednisolone or placebo 30-60 minutes prior to study drug infusion to prevent IRRs. Additionally, oral prednisone may be initiated before or during the screening interval, and a taper commences on Day 2. From Days 2 to 16, 0.50 mg/kg/day oral prednisone is given (maximum dose 60 mg), except on the day of IV methylprednisolone/placebo infusions, and will continue until Day 16. From Day 16 onward, a prednisone taper commences.
  • All patients undergo a scheduled corticosteroid taper commencing on Day 16. Patients fractionally reduce their prednisone dose over 12 weeks until the dose is 7.5 mg/day by Week 12. After 14 weeks of tapering, patients continue on prednisone at 7.5 mg/day or less. In patients whose disease is too clinically active for the patient to make the first step in their prednisone taper, as evidenced by active urinary sediment, rising serum creatinine, or moderate-to-severe extra-renal symptoms, these patients may continue to receive their initial prednisone dose for up to an additional 28 days.
  • To maintain consistency in the treatment of renal flares, retreatment with higher doses of corticosteroids is permitted if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator and if patients meet criteria for a renal flare. Patients may be treated with prednisone (up to 0.5 mg/kg; not to exceed 60 mg/day) for 2 weeks. Prednisone is then tapered to achieve 10 mg/day within 6 weeks after initial corticosteroid increase. Patients are allowed to receive corticosteroids for emergent illness (trauma, severe asthma) or surgery, if clinically warranted; the corticosteroid use is limited to a total of ≦7 days, if possible. Investigators are then allowed to increase the prednisone dose by ≦2.5 mg/day to treat symptoms of adrenal insufficiency or corticosteroid withdrawal, after the patient's dosage has been tapered to 10 mg/day.
  • Patients who experience a severe extra-renal SLE flare may receive treatment with additional oral corticosteroids, if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator. These patients may be retreated with prednisone (up to 1.0 mg/kg) for up to 2 weeks on the basis of the severity of disease and organ system involvement and the dosage is tapered to 7.5 mg/day. Patients experiencing a mild or moderate extra-renal flare may temporarily increase their prednisone dose by up to 20 mg per day and taper this dose over 4 weeks, if judged clinically appropriate by the investigator. IV corticosteroids in equivalent doses are allowed if gastrointestinal involvement temporarily precludes treatment with oral corticosteroids.
  • Anti-Malarial Medications
  • Patients taking anti-malarial medications at study entry maintain a constant dosage throughout the study. Patients not previously on anti-malarial medications may be enrolled in the study but should not initiate anti-malarial medications unless experiencing a disease flare that is unresponsive to corticosteroids. Table 4 lists anti-malarial medications and dose ranges expected to be used during the course of the study.
  • TABLE 4
    Anti-malarial medications
    Anti-malarial Medication Dose Range (oral)
    Hydroxychloroquine 200-400 mg daily
    Chloroquine 500 mg every day or every other day
    Quinacrine
    100 mg every day
  • Antihypertensive Therapy
  • All patients who are not currently taking either an ACE inhibitor or an angiotensin-receptor blocker should be started on one at screening. Patients are on either an ACE inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker for at least 10 days prior to randomization. Combination therapy with the two agents is not allowed.
  • During screening, every effort is made to adequately control patients' blood pressures. The dose of the ACE inhibitor or angiotensin-receptor blocker may be titrated upward to the maximum recommended dose in the current package insert to achieve adequate blood pressure control as recommended by the Eighth Report of the Joint National Committee on the Prevention, Detection, Evaluation, and Treatment of High Blood Pressure (James, P. A. et al. (2014) JAMA 311:507-520). If adequate blood pressure control is not achieved, patients may be started on additional antihypertensive agents but not on agents that affect proteinuria (e.g., nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers, aldosterone antagonists, direct renin antagonists). Additional agents that specifically target the renin-angiotensin system are not initiated during the study. Suggested dose ranges for specific ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers are listed in Table 5. If patients are intolerant to ACE inhibitors and angiotensin-receptor blockers, they may use either a direct renin inhibitor or aldosterone antagonists, but not in combination.
  • TABLE 5
    Suggested Dose Ranges for ACE Inhibitors
    and Angiotensin-Receptor Blockers
    ACE Inhibitor or Angiotensin- Dose Range (Oral),
    Receptor Blocker mg/day
    ACE Inhibitors
    Benazepril 10-80
    Ramipril 2.5-10 
    Lisinopril 10-80
    Enalapril 10-40
    Quinapril 10-80
    Captopril  75-450
    Perindopril  4-16
    Trandolapril 1-8
    Moexipril 7.5-30 
    Angiotensin-Receptor Blockers
    Eprosartan 400-600
    Valsartan  80-320
    Olmesartan 20-40
    Candesartan  8-32
    Telmisartan 20-80
    Losartan  25-100
    Irbesartan  75-300
  • Study Objectives and Outcome Measures
  • The primary objective of this proof-of-concept study is to measure complete renal response (CRR) at 52 weeks with administration of obinutuzumab. The ability of obinutuzumab plus MMF to achieve a CRR at week 52 is compared to placebo plus MMF and assessed by improvements in renal function, urinary sediment, and proteinuria. Secondary objectives include evaluations of the safety of obinutuzumab in this patient population, the ability of obinutuzumab to induce an overall response (CRR+PRR) at Week 52, the ability of obinutuzumab to improve time-to-response (CRR+PRR) over the course of 52 weeks, and the ability of obinutuzumab to improve biomarkers of LN disease activity (e.g., reduced anti-dsDNA antibody levels, increased C3 and C4 levels; see Tew, G. W. et al. (2010) Lupus 19:146-157).
  • The primary efficacy outcome measure is the proportion of subjects who achieve a CRR, evaluated at 52 weeks. In this study, CRR is defined by attainment of all of the following:
  • (a) Normalization of serum creatinine as evidenced by the following:
      • (i) Serum creatinine less than or equal to the upper limit of normal (ULN) range of central laboratory values if the baseline (Day 1) is not within the normal range of the central laboratory values; and
      • (ii) Serum creatinine≦15% above baseline and less than or equal to the ULN range of central laboratory values if baseline (Day 1) serum creatinine is within the normal range of the central laboratory values;
        (b) Inactive urinary sediment (as evidenced by <10 RBCs/high-power field (HPF) and the absence of red cell casts); and
        (c) Urinary protein to creatinine ratio<0.5.
  • Any patient who switches to rescue medication prior to Week 52 is considered a non-responder. The proportions of patients achieving CRR across treatment groups is compared using a Cochrane-Mantel-Haenzel (CMH) test with race (Afro-Caribbean/African-American versus others) and region (United States versus non-United States) as stratification factors. If the test result is in favor of the obinutuzumab group at α<0.1-level (one-sided), a shift toward better renal response associated with the obinutuzumab group is concluded.
  • The secondary efficacy outcome measures are the following:
  • (a) Proportional analysis of patients who achieve an overall response at Week 52 (CRR+PRR);
    (b) Time to overall response (CRR+PRR) over the course of 52 weeks;
    (c) Percent reduction or increase from baseline and mean and median assessments of biomarkers of LN disease activity (e.g., reduction in anti-dsDNA antibody levels, increased C3 and C4 levels);
    (d) Proportion of patients that achieve a PRR at week 52 as defined by attainment of all of the following:
  • (i) serum creatinine≦15% above baseline levels;
  • (ii) RBCs/HPF≦50% above baseline and no red cell casts;
  • (iii) 50% improvement in the urine protein to creatinine ratio, with one of the following conditions met:
      • (A) if the baseline urine protein to creatinine ratio is ≦3.0, then a urine protein to creatine ratio of <1.0;
      • (B) if the baseline protein to creatinine ratio is >3.0, then a urine protein to creatinine ratio of <3.0;
        (e) Proportion of patients who achieve a CRR at Week 24;
        (f) Time to CRR, over the course of 52 weeks;
        (g) Proportion of patients that achieve a modified CRR (mCRR1) at Week 52 employing the primary-efficacy measure definition and removing the urinary sediment analysis criteria
  • mCRR1 refers to attainment of normalization of serum creatinine as evidenced by the following:
      • (i) Serum creatinine less than or equal to the ULN range of central laboratory values;
      • (ii) Serum creatinine≦15% above baseline and less than or equal to the ULN range of central laboratory values if baseline (Day 1) serum creatinine is within the normal range of the central laboratory values;
      • (iii) Urinary protein to creatinine ratio<0.5;
        (h) Proportion of patients that achieve a second CRR (mCRR2) at Week 52 as defined by attainment of the following:
  • (i) Normalization of serum creatinine as evidenced by the following:
      • (A) Serum creatinine≦the ULN range of central laboratory values;
      • (B) Serum creatinine≦15% above baseline if baseline (Day 1) serum creatinine is above the normal range of the central laboratory values OR S≦the ULN range of central laboratory values if baseline (Day 1) serum creatinine is within the normal range of the central laboratory values;
  • (ii) Inactive urinary sediment (as evidenced by <10 RBCs/HPF and the absence of red cell casts);
  • (iii) Urinary protein to creatinine ratio<0.5.
  • The pharmacodynamic (PD) objective is to compare changes in CD19+ B cells in the peripheral blood following treatment with obinutuzumab versus placebo. Levels of circulating CD19+ B-cells are measured at screening and Days 15, 28, 84, 168, 364, and 728.
  • The pharmacokinetic (PK) objectives are to characterize the pharmacokinetics of obinutuzumab in the LN population and to assess potential PK interactions between obinutuzumab and concomitant medications, including mycophenolate mofetil (MMF). Non-linear mixed-effects modeling (with software NONMEM) is used to analyze the dose-concentration-time data of obinutuzumab. The PK profile data is used to further develop a PK model, including the effect of major covariates (e.g., sex, race/ethnicity, weight, biochemical and hematological parameters at baseline, degree of underlying disease), on the main parameters (e.g., clearance). Derivation of individual measures of exposure, such as area under the concentration-time curve (AUC) and maximum concentration observed (Cmax) depend on the final PK model used. Serum obinutuzumab is summarized (mean, minimum, maximum, SD, and geometric mean) and reported.
  • The exploratory objectives for the study include evaluation of pre-dose levels of exploratory biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell subsets and levels of protein and/or mRNA in serum, blood, and urine) and potential associations with outcome, evaluation of changes in exploratory biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell subsets and levels of protein and/or mRNA in serum, blood, and urine) over time in patients dosed with obinutuzumab versus placebo, evaluation of the occurrence of extrarenal flares, evaluation of the impact of therapy on patient and physician-reported outcomes, and assessment of renal biopsy histopathology (e.g., for the presence of CD19+ B cells at the screening and/or subsequent biopsies). The exploratory outcome measures include:
  • (a) levels of circulating B-cell subsets at Screen and Days 15, 28, 84, 168, 364, and 728;
    (b) levels of exploratory biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell subsets and levels of protein and/or mRNA in serum, blood, and urine) at Screen and Days 1, 15, 28, 84, 168, 252, 364, 532, and 728;
    (c) proportion of patients experiencing a Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Disease Activity Index (SLEDAI)-2K flare;
    (d) proportion of patients experiencing a renal flare over 52 weeks and 104 weeks;
    (e) proportion of patients achieving CRR, mCRR1, mCRR2 at additional timepoints (including Week 12 and 36);
    (f) Physician's Global Assessment (visual analog scale captured in screening, at the baseline visit, and at several timepoints during study conduct); and
    (g) renal biopsy evaluations.
  • Laboratory, Biomarker, and Other Biological Samples
  • The following laboratory assessments are recorded during the study:
  • (a) Hematology: hemoglobin, hematocrit, RBC, mean corpuscular volume, mean corpuscular hemoglobin, WBC (absolute and differential), and quantitative platelet count;
    (b) Blood chemistry: AST/SGOT, ALT/SGPT, alkaline phosphatase, amylase, lipase, total protein, albumin, cholesterol, total bilirubin, urea, uric acid, creatinine, random glucose, potassium, sodium, chloride, calcium, phosphorus, lactic dehydrogenase, CPK, and triglycerides;
    (c) Urinalysis: dipstick for blood, nitrate, protein, and glucose and urine microscopy;
    (d) 24-hour urine collection (analyzed for total protein, total creatinine, and creatinine clearance) to be performed at randomization and at Months 3, 6, 9, and 12;
    (e) Flow cytometry: B cell (including CD19, CD27, CD38, and IgD), T cell (CD3, CD4, CD8), and NK cells (CD16, CD56);
    (f) Autoantibody profile: anti-nuclear antibody (ANA), anti-dsDNA, anti-Sm, anti-RNP, anti-Ro, anti-La, and anti-C1q;
    (g) Anti-dsDNA antibody: measured by ELISA at all visits as part of SLEDAI-2K assessment;
    (h) Quantitative immunoglobulin: total Ig levels including IgG, IgM, and IgA isotypes;
  • (i) Complement: C3, C4, and CH50;
  • (j) Antibody titers: antibody titers to common antigens (rubella, tetanus, influenza, S. pneumoniae); and
    (k) Pregnancy test: urine pregnancy test performed at screening and prior to each study drug infusion. Infusion is not administered unless test is negative. At all other timepoints, urine pregnancy test is performed on the basis of menstrual history and pregnancy risk.
  • The following samples are sent for analysis: cells from blood and urine for B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers (including but not limited to CD19+ B cells and mRNA associated with B-cell activity), serum and urine for B-cell and lupus-related biomarkers (including but not limited to B-cell activating factor or BAFF), and renal biopsy slides for immunohistopathology assessment.
  • Infusions
  • Prior to each infusion of either study drug or placebo, patients receive prophylactic treatment with acetaminophen (650-1000 mg) and diphenhydramine (50 mg; or equivalent dose of a similar agent) by mouth, given 30-60 minutes before the start of the infusion period. The patients who are receiving obinutuzumab receive 80 mg methylprednisolone IV and patients who are receiving placebo receive placebo-methylprednisolone IV given 30-60 minutes before the start of the obinutuzumab/placebo infusion. If a patient experiences a mild infusion-related reaction (IRR) that is deemed by the investigator to be clinically significant, the infusion rate should be reduced to half of the initial infusion rate (in compliance with non-Hodgkin's lymphoma protocol infusion rates and schedules). After the reaction has resolved, the infusion should be kept at the reduced rate for an additional 30 minutes. If the reduced rate is tolerated, then the infusion rate may be increased to the next closest rate on the infusion schedule. Patients who experience a severe IRR should have their infusion interrupted immediately and should receive aggressive symptomatic treatment. The infusion should not be restarted until all of the symptoms have disappeared. Upon restarting the infusion, the rate should be half of that which precipitated the reaction. Instructions for administration of obinutuzumab infusions are provided in Table 6 below.
  • TABLE 6
    Administration of obinutuzumab infusions.
    First Infusion (Day 1) Subsequent Infusions
    Begin infusion at an initial rate of 50 mg/hr. If a patient experienced an infusion reaction
    If no infusion reaction occurs, increase the during the prior infusion, start at the same
    infusion rate in 50-mg/hr increments every rate as the first infusion (50 mg/hr) and
    30 minutes to a maximum of 400 mg/hr. follow those directions as noted.
    If an infusion reaction develops, stop or slow If the patient tolerated the prior infusion
    the infusion. Administer infusion-reaction well, begin infusion at a rate of 100 mg/hr.
    medications and supportive care in If no infusion reaction occurs, increase the
    accordance with institutional protocol. infusion rate in 100-mg/hr increments every
    Resume the infusion at a 50% reduction in 30 minutes to a maximum of 400 mg/hr.
    rate (the rate being used at the time that the If an infusion reaction develops, stop or slow
    hypersensitivity or infusion-related reaction the infusion. Administer infusion-reaction
    occurred) if the reaction has resolved, medications and supportive care in
    accordance with institutional protocol.
    Resume the infusion at a 50% reduction in
    rate (the rate being used at the time that the
    hypersensitivity or infusion-related reaction
    occurred) if the reaction has resolved.
  • All renal biopsies and reports that are obtained as part of study entry are photomicrographed and sent to an online central reading portal for oversight of the histopathologic assessment performed by the local renal histopathologist. An expert panel assesses these biopsies and adjudicates a final interpretation. Every effort is made to complete this process while patients are in screening but is not mandatory for completion of screening activities. All new biopsies obtained during screening or during the study are processed in a manner to enable immunohistochemical staining of the tubulointerstitium for the presence of B cells. The study encourages but does not mandate the performance of repeat renal biopsies for patients that have not achieved a CRR, and seeks to enrich for study centers that perform repeat renal biopsies.
  • Example 2 Obinutuzumab Outperforms Rituximab at Inducing B-Cell Cytotoxicity in Rheumatoid Arthritis and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus Patient Samples Through Fc Gamma Receptor-Dependent and Independent Effector Mechanisms
  • A proportion of Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA) and Systemic Lupus Erythematosus (SLE) patients treated with standard doses of rituximab (RTX) display inefficient B cell deletion and poor clinical responses which can be augmented by delivering higher doses, indicating that standard-dose RTX is a sub-optimal therapy in these patients. To investigate whether better responses could be achieved with other anti-CD20 mAbs, a comparison was made between RTX with Obinutuzumab (OBZ), a new-generation, glycoengineered type II anti-CD20 mAb in a series of in vitro assays measuring B cell cytotoxicity in SLE and RA samples. It was found that OBZ was at least 2-fold more efficient than RTX at inducing B-cell cytotoxicity in in-vitro whole blood assays. Dissecting this difference it was found that RTX elicited more potent complement-dependent cellular cytotoxicity (CDC) than OBZ. In contrast, OBZ was more effective at evoking Fc gamma receptor (FcγR)-mediated effector mechanisms including activation of NK cells and neutrophils. OBZ was also more efficient at inducing direct cell death. This was true for all CD19+ B-cells as a whole and in naïve (IgD+CD27−); and switched (IgD-CD27+) memory B-cells specifically, a higher frequency of which is associated with poor clinical response after RTX.
  • Materials and Methods Patients
  • All participants of this study provided consent according to the declaration of Helsinki approved by the local research ethics committee. All patients with RA satisfied the American College of Rheumatology (ACR)/European League Against Rheumatism classification criteria (Aletaha D. et al. 2010 Ann Rheum Dis. 2010; 69(9):1580-8) and all patients with SLE met the ACR classification criteria (Petri M. et al. Arthritis Rheum. 2012; 64(8):2677-86).
  • Antibodies and Reagents
  • Anti-CD20 mAbs used in the studies included RTX, OBZ and non-glycoengineered, wild type glycosylated OBZ (OBZGly) and in some experiments OBZ with a mutated Fc portion (P329G LALA) that does not engage any Fc related effector functions (Herter S. et al. Cancer Research. 2015; 75(15 Supplement):2460), OBZ-PG LALA. Roche Innovation Center Zurich, Switzerland generated all anti-CD20 mAbs except RTX, which was a kind gift from the pharmacy of University College Hospital, U.K. AT10, an FcγRII antagonist (Greenman J. et al. Mol Immunol. 1991; 28(11):1243-54), was produced in-house.
  • Flow Cytometry and B Cell Isolation
  • Fluorochrome-conjugated mAb were procured from Becton Dickinson biosciences or Biolegend, U.K.): CD3 (phycoerythrin [PE]-Cy 7), CD15 (fluorescein isothiocyanate, FITC): CD16 (Allophycoyanin, APC), CD19 (Alexa Fluor 700), CD45 (PE), CD56 (PE), CD 107a (Brilliant Violet 421), CD11b (PE), CD62L (APC), propidium iodide and Annexin V (FITC). Flow cytometry was performer using a Becton Dickinson LSR Fortessa cell analyzer. Lymphocytes were identified based on forward- and side-scatter characteristics. B cells were identified as CD19+ or CD20+, T cells as CD3+ and NK cells as CD3-56+. Neutrophils were identified based on forward- and side-scatter characteristics and CD15 positively. The mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) of CD11b and CD62L in samples incubated with mAbs was compared with that in samples incubated without antibodies.
  • In all experiments, peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) were separated from whole blood samples by Ficoll-Hypaque density gradient and B-cells were isolated from PBMC using EasySep™ Human B Cell Enrichment Kit (Cambridge, U.K.).
  • Whole Blood B-Cell Depletion Assays
  • Briefly, 300 μl of freshly drawn whole blood anticoagulated with heparin was incubated with or without mAbs at 1 μg/mL for 24 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2. Samples were then stained with anti-CD3, anti-CD19 and anti-CD45 before lysing red cells and analyzing on flow cytometer, as described previously (Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55). The % B-cell depletion was calculated from the proportion of B cells to T cells remaining after treatment and defined as the cytotoxicity index (CTI) as described previously (Mossner E. et al. Blood. 2010; 115(22):4393-402, and Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55).
  • Surface Fluorescence-Quenching Assays
  • Surface fluorescence-quenching assays were performed as described previously (Beers S. A. et al. Blood. 2008; 112(10):4170-7, and Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55) to assess internalization of mAbs by B-cells. Isolated B-cells were incubated for 6 hours with Alexa-488 conjugated mAbs at a concentration of 5 μg/mL before analyzing by flow cytometry.
  • Complement-dependent Cellular Cytotoxicity Assays
  • CDC assays were performed as previously described (Cragg M. S. et al. Blood. 2004; 103(7):2738-43). Isolated B cells were incubated with mAbs at a concentration of 10 μg/mL for 30 minutes at 37° C. and 5% CO2. Samples were stained with fluorescence conjugated anti-CD19 antibodies, Annexin V (Av) and propidium iodide (PI) and the frequency of CD19+Av+PI+ cells assessed by flow cytometry. Freshly collected normal healthy human serum was used as a source of complement. To define the activity relating to complement, part of the serum was heat inactivated (HIS) at 56° C. for 30 minutes. The ability of mAbs to activate complement and lyse target cells was assessed by the relative frequency of CD19+Av+PI+ cells in samples incubated either with normal healthy serum or HIS.
  • Direct Cell Death
  • Isolated B-cells were incubated in RPMI supplemented with 10% heat inactivated foetal calf serum with or without mAbs at a concentration of 10 μg/mL for 6 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2. The frequency of CD19+Av+cells in samples with mAbs compared with that in samples without mAbs represented the ability of mAbs to induce direct cell death.
  • NK Cell Degranulation Assays
  • NK cell degranulation was assessed using samples from the whole blood B-cell depletion assay by measuring the expression of CD107a or LAMP-1 (a lysosome associated membrane protein 1), which is up regulated upon activation of NK cells and correlates with NK cell mediated ADCC (Alter G. et al. J Immunol Methods. 2004; 294(1-2):15-22, and Aktas E. et al. Cell Immunol. 2009; 254(2):149-54). Therefore, the frequency of CD3−56+107a+ NK cells in samples with mAbs were compared with that in samples incubated without mAbs. Activation of NK cells is associated with an increased activity of metalloproteinase, which cleaves CD16 reducing its expression upon NK cell activation (Romee R. et al. Blood. 2013; 121(18):3599-608). Therefore the extent of CD16 loss was also used as an indirect measure of NK cell activation (Grzywacz B. et al. Leukemia. 2007; 21(2):356-9; author reply 9, and Bowles J. A. et al. Blood. 2006; 108(8):2648-54).
  • Neutrophil Activation Assays
  • Neutrophil activation was assessed in the whole blood assay by measuring increases in CD11b or decreases in CD62L on CD15+neutrophils by flow cytometry (Golay J. et al. Blood. 2013; 122(20):3482-91, and Wittmann S. et al. Cytometry A. 2004; 57(1):53-62). The ability of mAbs to induce neutrophil activation was assessed by comparing the mean fluorescent intensity (MFI) of CD11b and CD62L on CD15+neutrophils in samples incubated with or without mAbs.
  • Statistical Analysis
  • Data was analyzed using Graph Pad Prism Software version 5.0. Mann Whitney test or Wilcoxon matched-pairs signed rank test were used to compare between groups as appropriate. Spearman correlation coefficient was used to analyze for correlation.
  • Results
  • Type II mAbs are More Efficient than Type I at Inducing B-Cell Cytotoxicity
  • To assess the effect of Type I and II mAbs on B cell cytotoxicity in RA and SLE samples, whole blood B-cell depletion assays were performed as described previously (Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55). OBZ was >2-fold more efficient than RTX at deleting B-cells from patients with RA (n=31) and SLE (n=34) with both non-glycomodified OBZGly and OBZ more efficient than RTX in all samples tested (FIG. 2A). In both RA and SLE, the median CTI of OBZ was significantly greater than the CTI of OBZGly and RTX and the CTI of OBZGly was significantly higher than the CTI of RTX in both RA and SLE. In RA, the median (interquartile range) CTI of RTX, OBZGly and OBZ was 29 (13-50), 60 (47-70) and 67 (60-77), respectively and in SLE was 19 (11-39), 40 (31-53) and 59 (52-70), respectively. Thus, in both RA and SLE, there was a hierarchy of mAb-induced B cell depletion: RTX<OBZGly<OBZ. The remarkable inter-sample variability in B-cell depletion, particularly with RTX was also noted. The superior efficiency of OBZGly (having a non-glycomodified Fc similar to RTX) suggests that its type II nature accounts for the difference between the two types of mAbs in the efficiency of B-cell depletion in the whole blood assay; whereas the increased efficiency of OBZ compared to OBZGly is attributable to afucosylation of the Fc portion.
  • B-Cells Internalize RTX More Rapidly than OBZ
  • Next, it was investigated whether the superior efficiency of type II mAbs in B cell depletion was consistent with their type II nature, and so it assessed whether B-cells from patients with RA and SLE internalized RTX to a greater extent than OBZ. It was found that RTX internalized more extensively than OBZ after 6 hours of incubation with a median (range) percentage of surface accessible RTX vs OBZ of: 55 (51-57) versus 83 (81-84), respectively in RA (n=5); and 60 (49-77) versus 76 (70-80), respectively in SLE (n=8) (FIG. 2B). To assess the role of FcγRIIb in this internalization, experiments were performed in the presence of the FcγRII-blocking mAb AT10, which partially inhibited internalization of RTX and to a smaller extent, OBZ (FIG. 2B), similar to previous observations using a non-glycomodified Type II antibody variant of OBZ (Reddy V. et al. Arthritis & rheumatology. 2015; 67(8):2046-55).
  • RTX is More Efficient than OBZ at Inducing Complement-Dependent Cellular Cytotoxicity
  • The ability of these mAbs to elicit CDC was also investigated. It was found that the frequency of lysed B cells (CD19+Av+PI+) was significantly greater in samples incubated with RTX in the presence of normal healthy serum (NHS) compared to heat inactivated serum (HIS) with a median (range) difference of 10.9% (8.1−21) whereas the difference for OBZ was 4.8% (0.9−6.5) (FIG. 2C). The mean±SD fold increase in lysed cells in samples incubated with NHS vs HIS was 1.9±0.5 and 1.2±0.2 for RTX and OBZ, respectively (FIG. 2D). Thus, the data suggests that RTX was superior to OBZ at evoking CDC.
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Activating NK Cells
  • These CDC results were consistent with the type I and II nature of the mAbs but at odds with the superior efficiency of type II mAbs in the whole blood assay. Next, the ability of the mAbs to elicit FcγR-mediated effector mechanisms was investigated; first assessing NK activation in the whole blood B-cell depletion assay. Gating as indicated in FIG. 3E, allowed assessment of NK degranulation (CD107a increase) relative to expression of CD16. The highest proportion of CD107a+NK (CD3-CD56+) cells was seen in the CD56+CD16− fraction (FIG. 3A-3G) suggesting that degranulating NK cells had down regulated CD16 as previously reported (Grzywacz B. et al. Leukemia. 2007; 21(2):356-9; author reply 9).
  • Having established these parameters, equivalent assays were performed comparing RTX and OBZ. After 24 hours of incubation in the absence of mAbs there was no significant difference in the frequency of NK cells, CD107a+NK cells, CD16+ NK cells or B-cells between patients with RA (n=18) and SLE (n=23) (FIG. 4A). However, the median (range) frequency of CD3−CD56+CD107a+ activated NK cells was significantly higher in samples incubated with OBZ compared to RTX 5.1% (1.9−22) vs 2.8% (0.3−14) and 5.5% (0.6−12) vs 4.3% (1.2−8.9), respectively) but there was significantly lower median (range) frequency of CD16+NK cells, in both RA and SLE 69 (36-94) vs 89 (83-97) and 66 (42-91) vs 84 (61-95), respectively (FIG. 4B). Also, there was a significantly higher fold-increase in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ NK cells in samples incubated with OBZ compared to those incubated with RTX in SLE (FIG. 4B). Furthermore, it was found that NK cell activation, as assessed by either gain of CD107a or loss of CD16; or the fold increase in the frequency of CD3−CD56+CD107a+ NK cells, was greater in RA compared to SLE (FIG. 4B). NK cell activation, as assessed by the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+NK cells by RTX and OBZ, correlated significantly with that in samples incubated without mAbs with r2=0.89, p<0.05; r2=0.78, p<0.05, respectively, in RA (FIG. 4C) and r2=0.52, p<0.05; r2=0.36, p<0.05, respectively, in SLE (FIG. 4D). However, correlations were stronger in RA compared to SLE. Taken together, these data suggest disease related defects in the activation of NK cells in SLE may contribute to inefficient B-cell depletion noted in whole blood depletion assays (FIG. 2A) and that baseline activation status of NK cells may influence response to activation by mAbs in both RA and SLE (FIGS. 4B and 4C).
  • It was next investigated whether differential activation of NK cells by RTX and OBZ was due to type I and type II characteristics and/or due to the effect of Fc engineering using either OBZ with wild-type glycosylation (OBZGly) or completely lacking FcγR engagement (OBZ-PG LALA), consequently, less/in-efficient at inducing ADCC and CDC (Hessell A. J. et al. Nature. 2007; 449(7158):101-4). Significant differences were not found in the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ or CD3-CD56+CD16+NK cells in samples incubated without mAbs compared to samples incubated with OBZ-PG LALA in both RA (n=6) and SLE (n=12) showing that FcγR-engagement is essential as expected. In these samples also OBZ was more efficient than OBZGly and RTX at depleting B cells in the whole blood assay in both RA (n=18) and SLE (n=23) (FIG. 5A), but an increasing hierarchy was noted in the frequency of, and fold-increase in, CD3-CD56+CD107a+ NK cells as follows: no mAbs=OBZ-PG LALA<RTX<OBZ (FIGS. 5B and 5C). The frequency of CD3-CD56+CD16+NK cells was significantly lower in samples incubated with OBZ when compared with other samples (FIG. 5D). The frequency of CD3-CD56+CD16+NK cells was also lower in samples incubated with OBZGly compared to RTX in RA, but not SLE (FIG. 5D).
  • Thus, the ability of mAbs to up-regulate the expression of CD107a on CD3-CD56+ NK cells was greater in RA compared with SLE, such that the mean fold difference in samples incubated with RTX, OBZ-PG LALA, OBZGly and OBZ when compared with samples incubated without mAbs was 1.2, 1.5, 1.9 and 3.1, respectively, in RA and 1.5, 0.8, 1.4 and 1.8, respectively, in SLE (FIG. 5C). Although the pattern of B-cell depletion achieved by mAbs in RA and SLE (FIG. 5A) was similar to the pattern of NK cell activation by mAbs (FIGS. 5B and 5D) there was no direct correlation between % B-cell depletion achieved by mAbs and the frequency of CD3-CD56+CD107a+ NK cells in individual samples (data not shown).
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Activating Neutrophils
  • In addition to NK cells, neutrophils have also been proposed as mAb effector cells (Golay J. et al. Blood. 2013; 122(20):3482-91). Therefore, next, the ability of mAbs to induce neutrophil activation was assessed by measuring the expression of CD11b and CD62L, as described previously (Wittmann S. et al. Cytometry A. 2004; 57(1):53-62) and shown in FIG. 9. CD11b forms part of the β integrin (Mac-1) complex and several genetic variants of this complex have been associated with lupus-related phagocytic defects (Bologna L. et al. J Immunol. 2011; 186(6):3762-9). Upon neutrophil activation the surface expression of CD11b is up regulated whereas the expression of the adhesion molecule CD62L is down regulated (Golay J. et al. Blood. 2013; 122(20):3482-91, and Wittmann S. et al. Cytometry A. 2004; 57(1):53-62). It was found that the MFI of CD11b in samples incubated with mAbs was significantly higher in both RA (n=10) and SLE (n=22) (FIG. 6A) when compared with samples incubated without mAbs. In both RA and SLE, significant correlations were noted between the MFI of CD11b in samples incubated in the absence of mAbs and that in samples incubated with RTX (r2=0.81, 0.82, respectively) whereas significant correlation for OBZ was noted in SLE (r2=0.81), but not RA (FIG. 6B). A hierarchy was also noted in the ability of mAbs to up-regulate CD11b such that the MFI of CD11b was lower in samples incubated with RTX<OBZGly<OBZ, as in the case of NK cell activation. Also, the MFI of CD62L was greater in samples incubated with RTX>OBZGly>OBZ (FIG. 6C). In both RA and SLE, significant correlations were noted between the MFI of CD62L in samples incubated in the absence of mAbs and that in samples incubated with RTX (r2=0.93, 0.91, respectively) and OBZ (r2=0.64, 0.71, respectively) (FIG. 6D). Thus, the hierarchy of mAbs in their ability to activate neutrophils was OBZ>OBZGly>RTX. Taken together, these data suggested that type II mAbs are superior to RTX in activating neutrophils in the whole blood assay for both RA and SLE samples. OBZ-PG LALA did not elicit significant changes for either marker in both RA (n=7) and SLE (n=12) compared to samples incubated in the absence of mAbs.
  • OBZ is More Efficient than RTX at Inducing Direct Cell Death
  • Next, direct cell death (DCD) was assessed, using the Annexin V assay as shown in FIG. 10. The ability of OBZ to induce direct cell death was greater than that of RTX for both CD19+ cells as a whole and also B-cell subpopulations; IgD+CD27− naïve cells and IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells, FIG. 7A (RA, n=5 and SLE, n=4). The proportion of Annexin V+ cells was highest for DN cells>IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells>IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells>IgD+CD27− naïve cells, even in samples incubated without mAbs. Nonetheless, OBZ was superior to RTX at inducing DCD.
  • B-Cell Subpopulations: Expression of CD20, FcγRIIb and Internalization of mAbs
  • It was next investigated whether differences between B-cell subpopulations in the expression of CD20, FcγRIIb and/or their ability to internalize mAbs provided explanations for the differential sensitivity to mAb-induced DCD. B-cell subpopulations displayed varying ability to internalize mAbs such that IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells internalized mAbs less than other B-cell subpopulations; and IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells internalized mAbs to a greater extent than other B-cell subpopulations. Antagonizing the effects of FcγRIIb with AT10 significantly reduced internalization in both cases. When compared to naïve and IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells, IgD+CD27+ unswitched memory cells had significantly greater expression of CD20 and FcγRIIb and displayed significantly greater ability to internalize mAbs whereas naïve and IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells had significantly lower expression of CD20 and FcγRIIb and displayed significantly lower levels of internalization. DN cells had remarkably variable levels of expression of CD20 and FcγRIIb, but internalized RTX to a significantly greater extent than IgD-CD27+ switched memory cells. B cells from both RA and SLE samples consistently displayed low levels of OBZ internalization. Taking these data together, there was no clear relationship between the susceptibility of B-cell subpopulations to mAb-induced DCD and the ability to internalize mAbs or to express CD20 or FcγRIIb.
  • Here, it was shown that Obinutuzumab, a type II anti-CD20 mAb with a glycomodified Fc demonstrated at least 2-fold greater potency at deleting B-cells from whole blood samples of patients with both RA and SLE compared to the RTX. This increased activity of OBZ was affected predominantly through Fc gamma receptor (FcγR)-mediated effector mechanisms and DCD. In contrast, RTX recruited complement more efficiently for CDC, but was rapidly internalized and significantly less efficient at evoking ADCC and DCD. The subsequent analysis revealed that the expression of the CD20 target molecule was less on IgD-CD27+ switched memory and DN cells; perhaps accounting for their relative resistance to removal by RTX.

Claims (61)

1. A method for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising administering to the individual at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure;
wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody;
wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and
wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and wherein the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the first antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and wherein the second dose of the first antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the first antibody exposure.
5. The method of claim 3, wherein the first dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
6. The method of claim 3, wherein the second dose of the first antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of between about 900 mg and about 1100 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
8. The method of claim 1, wherein the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and wherein the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until from about 1.5 weeks to about 2.5 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
9. The method of claim 8, wherein the second antibody exposure comprises a first dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second dose of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, and wherein the second dose of the second antibody exposure is not provided until about 2 weeks after the first dose of the second antibody exposure.
10. The method of claim 8, wherein the first dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
11. The method of claim 8, wherein the second dose of the second antibody exposure is about 1000 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
12. The method of claim 1, wherein the first antibody exposure and the second antibody exposure are administered intravenously.
13. The method of claim 1, wherein the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
14. The method of claim 1, wherein the individual is at risk for developing class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
15. A method for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a type II anti-CD20 antibody; wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and wherein the individual has class III or class IV lupus nephritis.
16. The method of claim 14, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is administered intravenously.
17. The method of claim 1, wherein the individual does not have class III (C) or class IV (C) lupus nephritis.
18. The method of claim 1, wherein the individual has class V lupus nephritis.
19. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an immunosuppressive agent.
20. The method of claim 19, wherein the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolic acid, a derivative thereof, or a salt thereof.
21. The method of claim 20, wherein the immunosuppressive agent comprises mycophenolate mofetil.
22. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid.
23. The method of claim 22, wherein the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises methylprednisolone.
24. The method of claim 22, wherein the glucocorticoid or corticosteroid comprises prednisone.
25. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihistamine.
26. The method of claim 25, wherein the antihistamine comprises diphenhydramine.
27. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of a non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID).
28. The method of claim 27, wherein the NSAID comprises acetaminophen.
29. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an antihypertensive agent.
30. The method of claim 29, wherein the antihypertensive agent is an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor or an angiotensin-receptor blocker.
31. The method of claim 1, further comprising administering to the individual a standard of care treatment.
32. The method of claim 31, wherein the standard of care treatment comprises treatment with one or more of an angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor, an angiotensin-receptor blocker, cyclophosphamide, mycophenolate mofetil, azathioprine, and a glucocorticoid or corticosteroid.
33. The method of claim 1, wherein the method results in a complete renal response (CRR) in the individual.
34. The method of claim 1, wherein the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual.
35. The method of claim 34, wherein the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells.
36. The method of claim 1, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
37. The method of claim 1, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is afucosylated.
38. The method of claim 1, wherein the heavy chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
39. The method of claim 1, wherein the light chain of the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a light chain variable region comprising the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
40. The method of claim 1, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is obinutuzumab.
41. The method of claim 1, wherein the individual is a human.
42. A kit for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising:
(a) a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and
(b) a package insert with instructions for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual, wherein the instructions indicate that at least a first antibody exposure to a type II anti-CD20 antibody and a second antibody exposure to the type II anti-CD20 antibody are administered to the individual, the second antibody exposure not being provided until from about 18 weeks to about 26 weeks after the first antibody exposure; wherein the first antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the first antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody; and wherein the second antibody exposure comprises one or two doses of the type II anti-CD20 antibody, the second antibody exposure comprising a total exposure of between about 1800 mg and about 2200 mg of the type II anti-CD20 antibody.
43. The kit of claim 42, further comprising a container comprising:
(c) a second medicament, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a first medicament; and
(d) instructions on the package insert for administering the second medicament to the subject.
44. The kit of claim 43, wherein the second medicament is an immunosuppressive agent, a glucocorticoid, a corticosteroid, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, or a hormone.
45. A kit for treating or delaying progression of lupus nephritis in an individual that has lupus, comprising:
(a) a container comprising a type II anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody comprises a heavy chain comprising HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain comprising HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6; and
(b) a package insert with instructions for treating or delaying progression of class III or class IV lupus nephritis in an individual.
46. The kit of claim 45, further comprising a container comprising:
(c) a second medicament, wherein the type II anti-CD20 antibody is a first medicament; and
(d) instructions on the package insert for administering the second medicament to the subject.
47. The kit of claim 46, wherein the second medicament is an immunosuppressive agent, a glucocorticoid, a corticosteroid, an anti-malarial agent, a cytotoxic agent, an integrin antagonist, a cytokine antagonist, or a hormone.
48. A method for treating or delaying progression of rheumatoid arthritis (RA) or systemic lupus erythematosus (SLE) in an individual, comprising administering to the individual an effective amount of an anti-CD20 antibody, wherein the antibody comprises a heavy chain variable region comprising an HVR-H1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:1, an HVR-H2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, and an HVR-H3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:3, and a light chain variable region comprising an HVR-L1 sequence of SEQ ID NO:4, an HVR-L2 sequence of SEQ ID NO:5, and an HVR-L3 sequence of SEQ ID NO:6.
49. The method of claim 48, wherein the antibody is administered intravenously.
50. The method of claim 48, wherein the method results in a depletion of circulating peripheral B cells in the individual.
51. The method of claim 50, wherein the circulating peripheral B cells are CD19+ B cells.
52. The method of claim 48, wherein the antibody is a humanized or human antibody.
53. The method of claim 48, wherein the antibody is afucosylated.
54. The method of claim 48, wherein the heavy chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:7.
55. The method of claim 48, wherein the light chain variable region comprises the amino acid sequence of SEQ ID NO:8.
56. The method of claim 48, wherein the antibody is obinutuzumab.
57. The method of claim 48, wherein the antibody comprises a modified Fc region.
58. The method of claim 57, wherein the Fc region comprises a modification for attenuating effector function.
59. The method of claim 57, wherein the Fc region is a human IgG1 Fc region.
60. The method of claim 59, wherein the Fc region comprises L234A, L235A and P329G amino acid substitutions, numbering according to EU index.
61. The method of claim 48, wherein the individual is a human.
US15/151,449 2015-05-11 2016-05-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis Abandoned US20160346387A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/151,449 US20160346387A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-05-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US16/363,836 US20190365888A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2019-03-25 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US18/045,313 US20240033351A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2022-10-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201562159876P 2015-05-11 2015-05-11
US201662300052P 2016-02-25 2016-02-25
US15/151,449 US20160346387A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-05-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/363,836 Continuation US20190365888A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2019-03-25 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20160346387A1 true US20160346387A1 (en) 2016-12-01

Family

ID=56087522

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/151,449 Abandoned US20160346387A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2016-05-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US16/363,836 Abandoned US20190365888A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2019-03-25 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US18/045,313 Pending US20240033351A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2022-10-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/363,836 Abandoned US20190365888A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2019-03-25 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US18/045,313 Pending US20240033351A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2022-10-10 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US20160346387A1 (en)
EP (4) EP3936524A3 (en)
JP (3) JP6963508B2 (en)
CN (2) CN116196414A (en)
HK (1) HK1248577A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2016183104A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111257445A (en) * 2020-01-22 2020-06-09 上海交通大学医学院附属仁济医院 Product and method for SLE pregnant woman disease monitoring and fetus outcome prediction
US11149091B2 (en) * 2015-12-09 2021-10-19 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Methods for treating nephrotic syndrome
US11865175B1 (en) 2017-04-28 2024-01-09 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Post-transplantation prophylaxis and treatments for antibody-mediated rejection of solid organ transplant

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BR112016029935A2 (en) 2014-06-26 2017-10-31 Hoffmann La Roche anti-brdu antibodies, complex, pharmaceutical formulation and antibody use?
TW202118512A (en) 2019-09-12 2021-05-16 美商建南德克公司 Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
MX2023010812A (en) * 2021-03-15 2023-09-27 Genentech Inc Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis.
CA3234428A1 (en) * 2021-10-18 2023-04-27 Nader Najafian Use of complement factor d inhibitor for treatment of lupus nephritis and immunoglobulin a nephropathy

Family Cites Families (113)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4676980A (en) 1985-09-23 1987-06-30 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services Target specific cross-linked heteroantibodies
US6548640B1 (en) 1986-03-27 2003-04-15 Btg International Limited Altered antibodies
IL85035A0 (en) 1987-01-08 1988-06-30 Int Genetic Eng Polynucleotide molecule,a chimeric antibody with specificity for human b cell surface antigen,a process for the preparation and methods utilizing the same
WO1988007089A1 (en) 1987-03-18 1988-09-22 Medical Research Council Altered antibodies
US5606040A (en) 1987-10-30 1997-02-25 American Cyanamid Company Antitumor and antibacterial substituted disulfide derivatives prepared from compounds possessing a methyl-trithio group
US5770701A (en) 1987-10-30 1998-06-23 American Cyanamid Company Process for preparing targeted forms of methyltrithio antitumor agents
GB8823869D0 (en) 1988-10-12 1988-11-16 Medical Res Council Production of antibodies
DE68913658T3 (en) 1988-11-11 2005-07-21 Stratagene, La Jolla Cloning of immunoglobulin sequences from the variable domains
DE3920358A1 (en) 1989-06-22 1991-01-17 Behringwerke Ag BISPECIFIC AND OLIGO-SPECIFIC, MONO- AND OLIGOVALENT ANTI-BODY CONSTRUCTS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
CA2026147C (en) 1989-10-25 2006-02-07 Ravi J. Chari Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
US5959177A (en) 1989-10-27 1999-09-28 The Scripps Research Institute Transgenic plants expressing assembled secretory antibodies
JP3068180B2 (en) 1990-01-12 2000-07-24 アブジェニックス インコーポレイテッド Generation of heterologous antibodies
US6150584A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-11-21 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
ATE158021T1 (en) 1990-08-29 1997-09-15 Genpharm Int PRODUCTION AND USE OF NON-HUMAN TRANSGENT ANIMALS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HETEROLOGUE ANTIBODIES
US5770429A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-06-23 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
DK0564531T3 (en) 1990-12-03 1998-09-28 Genentech Inc Enrichment procedure for variant proteins with altered binding properties
US5571894A (en) 1991-02-05 1996-11-05 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Recombinant antibodies specific for a growth factor receptor
WO1992022653A1 (en) 1991-06-14 1992-12-23 Genentech, Inc. Method for making humanized antibodies
GB9114948D0 (en) 1991-07-11 1991-08-28 Pfizer Ltd Process for preparing sertraline intermediates
US7018809B1 (en) 1991-09-19 2006-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Expression of functional antibody fragments
US5587458A (en) 1991-10-07 1996-12-24 Aronex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Anti-erbB-2 antibodies, combinations thereof, and therapeutic and diagnostic uses thereof
WO1993008829A1 (en) 1991-11-04 1993-05-13 The Regents Of The University Of California Compositions that mediate killing of hiv-infected cells
EP0617706B1 (en) 1991-11-25 2001-10-17 Enzon, Inc. Multivalent antigen-binding proteins
CA2372813A1 (en) 1992-02-06 1993-08-19 L.L. Houston Biosynthetic binding protein for cancer marker
DE69329503T2 (en) 1992-11-13 2001-05-03 Idec Pharma Corp Therapeutic use of chimeric and labeled antibodies directed against a differentiation antigen, the expression of which is restricted to human B lymphocyte, for the treatment of B cell lymphoma
US5736137A (en) 1992-11-13 1998-04-07 Idec Pharmaceuticals Corporation Therapeutic application of chimeric and radiolabeled antibodies to human B lymphocyte restricted differentiation antigen for treatment of B cell lymphoma
US5635483A (en) 1992-12-03 1997-06-03 Arizona Board Of Regents Acting On Behalf Of Arizona State University Tumor inhibiting tetrapeptide bearing modified phenethyl amides
US5780588A (en) 1993-01-26 1998-07-14 Arizona Board Of Regents Elucidation and synthesis of selected pentapeptides
CA2163345A1 (en) 1993-06-16 1994-12-22 Susan Adrienne Morgan Antibodies
US5773001A (en) 1994-06-03 1998-06-30 American Cyanamid Company Conjugates of methyltrithio antitumor agents and intermediates for their synthesis
US5789199A (en) 1994-11-03 1998-08-04 Genentech, Inc. Process for bacterial production of polypeptides
US5840523A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-11-24 Genetech, Inc. Methods and compositions for secretion of heterologous polypeptides
US5731168A (en) 1995-03-01 1998-03-24 Genentech, Inc. Method for making heteromultimeric polypeptides
US5641870A (en) 1995-04-20 1997-06-24 Genentech, Inc. Low pH hydrophobic interaction chromatography for antibody purification
US5869046A (en) 1995-04-14 1999-02-09 Genentech, Inc. Altered polypeptides with increased half-life
DE69637481T2 (en) 1995-04-27 2009-04-09 Amgen Fremont Inc. Human antibodies to IL-8 derived from immunized Xenomae
AU2466895A (en) 1995-04-28 1996-11-18 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5714586A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-02-03 American Cyanamid Company Methods for the preparation of monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
US5712374A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-01-27 American Cyanamid Company Method for the preparation of substantiallly monomeric calicheamicin derivative/carrier conjugates
GB9603256D0 (en) 1996-02-16 1996-04-17 Wellcome Found Antibodies
KR20080059467A (en) 1996-12-03 2008-06-27 아브게닉스, 인크. Transgenic mammals having human ig loci including plural vh and vk regions and antibodies produced therefrom
AU757627B2 (en) 1997-06-24 2003-02-27 Genentech Inc. Methods and compositions for galactosylated glycoproteins
US6040498A (en) 1998-08-11 2000-03-21 North Caroline State University Genetically engineered duckweed
ATE419009T1 (en) 1997-10-31 2009-01-15 Genentech Inc METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS CONSISTING OF GLYCOPROTEIN GLYCOFORMS
US6610833B1 (en) 1997-11-24 2003-08-26 The Institute For Human Genetics And Biochemistry Monoclonal human natural antibodies
WO1999029888A1 (en) 1997-12-05 1999-06-17 The Scripps Research Institute Humanization of murine antibody
DE69937291T2 (en) 1998-04-02 2008-07-10 Genentech, Inc., South San Francisco ANTIBODY VARIANTS AND FRAGMENTS THEREOF
US6194551B1 (en) 1998-04-02 2001-02-27 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants
DK2180007T4 (en) 1998-04-20 2017-11-27 Roche Glycart Ag Glycosylation technique for antibodies to enhance antibody-dependent cell cytotoxicity
KR20060067983A (en) 1999-01-15 2006-06-20 제넨테크, 인크. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
US6737056B1 (en) 1999-01-15 2004-05-18 Genentech, Inc. Polypeptide variants with altered effector function
EP2275541B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2016-03-23 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. Method for controlling the activity of immunologically functional molecule
PT1222292E (en) 1999-10-04 2005-11-30 Medicago Inc METHOD FOR REGULATING THE TRANSCRIPTION OF EXOGENEOUS GENES IN THE PRESENCE OF NITROGEN
US7125978B1 (en) 1999-10-04 2006-10-24 Medicago Inc. Promoter for regulating expression of foreign genes
US7504256B1 (en) 1999-10-19 2009-03-17 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for producing polypeptide
JP2003516755A (en) 1999-12-15 2003-05-20 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Shotgun scanning, a combined method for mapping functional protein epitopes
DE60031793T2 (en) 1999-12-29 2007-08-23 Immunogen Inc., Cambridge DOXORUBICIN AND DAUNORUBICIN-CONTAINING CYTOTOXIC AGENTS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC USE
EP1272647B1 (en) 2000-04-11 2014-11-12 Genentech, Inc. Multivalent antibodies and uses therefor
US6946292B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2005-09-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells producing antibody compositions with increased antibody dependent cytotoxic activity
US7064191B2 (en) 2000-10-06 2006-06-20 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Process for purifying antibody
EA013224B1 (en) 2000-10-06 2010-04-30 Киова Хакко Кирин Ко., Лтд. Cells producing antibody compositions
US6596541B2 (en) 2000-10-31 2003-07-22 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods of modifying eukaryotic cells
PT1354034E (en) 2000-11-30 2008-02-28 Medarex Inc Transgenic transchromosomal rodents for making human antibodies
NZ592087A (en) 2001-08-03 2012-11-30 Roche Glycart Ag Antibody glycosylation variants having increased antibody-dependent cellular cytotoxicity
AU2002337935B2 (en) 2001-10-25 2008-05-01 Genentech, Inc. Glycoprotein compositions
US20040093621A1 (en) 2001-12-25 2004-05-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd Antibody composition which specifically binds to CD20
ES2362419T3 (en) 2002-04-09 2011-07-05 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co., Ltd. CELLS WITH DEPRESSION OR DELETION OF THE ACTIVITY OF THE PROTEIN THAT PARTICIPATES IN THE TRANSPORT OF GDP-FUCOSA.
WO2003085107A1 (en) 2002-04-09 2003-10-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Cells with modified genome
AU2003236017B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2009-03-26 Kyowa Kirin Co., Ltd. Drug containing antibody composition
JP4832719B2 (en) 2002-04-09 2011-12-07 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Medicine containing antibody composition for FcγRIIIa polymorphism patients
EP1498491A4 (en) 2002-04-09 2006-12-13 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk METHOD OF ENHANCING ACTIVITY OF ANTIBODY COMPOSITION OF BINDING TO Fc GAMMA RECEPTOR IIIa
EP1498490A4 (en) 2002-04-09 2006-11-29 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk Process for producing antibody composition
CA2488441C (en) 2002-06-03 2015-01-27 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
US7361740B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2008-04-22 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
US7217797B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2007-05-15 Pdl Biopharma, Inc. Alteration of FcRn binding affinities or serum half-lives of antibodies by mutagenesis
MXPA05004022A (en) 2002-10-17 2005-10-05 Genmab As Human monoclonal antibodies against cd20.
EP1556684A4 (en) 2002-11-01 2008-01-23 Univ Colorado Regents Quantitative analysis of protein isoforms using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time of flight mass spectrometry
PT1572744E (en) 2002-12-16 2010-09-07 Genentech Inc Immunoglobulin variants and uses thereof
WO2004065416A2 (en) 2003-01-16 2004-08-05 Genentech, Inc. Synthetic antibody phage libraries
KR101292000B1 (en) 2003-01-22 2013-08-01 로슈 글리카트 아게 FUSION CONSTRUCTS AND USE OF SAME TO PRODUCE ANTIBODIES WITH INCREASED Fc RECEPTOR BINDING AFFINITY AND EFFECTOR FUNCTION
EP1688439A4 (en) 2003-10-08 2007-12-19 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Kk Fused protein composition
EP1705251A4 (en) 2003-10-09 2009-10-28 Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd PROCESS FOR PRODUCING ANTIBODY COMPOSITION BY USING RNA INHIBITING THE FUNCTION OF a1,6-FUCOSYLTRANSFERASE
SG10202008722QA (en) 2003-11-05 2020-10-29 Roche Glycart Ag Cd20 antibodies with increased fc receptor binding affinity and effector function
BR122018071808B8 (en) 2003-11-06 2020-06-30 Seattle Genetics Inc conjugate
WO2005053742A1 (en) 2003-12-04 2005-06-16 Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. Medicine containing antibody composition
JP5128935B2 (en) 2004-03-31 2013-01-23 ジェネンテック, インコーポレイテッド Humanized anti-TGF-β antibody
US7785903B2 (en) 2004-04-09 2010-08-31 Genentech, Inc. Variable domain library and uses
EP2360186B1 (en) 2004-04-13 2017-08-30 F. Hoffmann-La Roche AG Anti-P-selectin antibodies
WO2005103081A2 (en) 2004-04-20 2005-11-03 Genmab A/S Human monoclonal antibodies against cd20
EP1765400A2 (en) * 2004-06-04 2007-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Method for treating lupus
ZA200609978B (en) * 2004-06-04 2008-08-27 Genentech Inc Method for treating lupus
TWI380996B (en) 2004-09-17 2013-01-01 Hoffmann La Roche Anti-ox40l antibodies
CA2580141C (en) 2004-09-23 2013-12-10 Genentech, Inc. Cysteine engineered antibodies and conjugates
SG192479A1 (en) * 2005-08-26 2013-08-30 Roche Glycart Ag Modified antigen binding molecules with altered cell signaling activity
EP1957531B1 (en) 2005-11-07 2016-04-13 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with diversified and consensus vh/vl hypervariable sequences
US20070237764A1 (en) 2005-12-02 2007-10-11 Genentech, Inc. Binding polypeptides with restricted diversity sequences
JP2009536527A (en) 2006-05-09 2009-10-15 ジェネンテック・インコーポレーテッド Binding polypeptide with optimized scaffold
WO2008027236A2 (en) 2006-08-30 2008-03-06 Genentech, Inc. Multispecific antibodies
US20080226635A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-09-18 Hans Koll Antibodies against insulin-like growth factor I receptor and uses thereof
CN100592373C (en) 2007-05-25 2010-02-24 群康科技(深圳)有限公司 Liquid crystal panel drive device and its drive method
WO2009030368A1 (en) * 2007-09-05 2009-03-12 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination therapy with type i and type ii anti-cd20 antibodies
US20090169550A1 (en) * 2007-12-21 2009-07-02 Genentech, Inc. Therapy of rituximab-refractory rheumatoid arthritis patients
HUE028536T2 (en) 2008-01-07 2016-12-28 Amgen Inc Method for making antibody fc-heterodimeric molecules using electrostatic steering effects
HUE041335T2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2019-05-28 Roche Glycart Ag Antibody fc variants
CA2858906A1 (en) * 2011-12-12 2013-06-20 Pikamab, Inc Predicting responsiveness to antibody maintenance therapy
PL2992015T3 (en) * 2013-05-02 2019-01-31 F.Hoffmann-La Roche Ag Combination therapy of an afucosylated cd20 antibody with a cd22 antibody-drug conjugate

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11149091B2 (en) * 2015-12-09 2021-10-19 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Methods for treating nephrotic syndrome
US11840576B2 (en) 2015-12-09 2023-12-12 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Methods for treating nephrotic syndrome
US11865175B1 (en) 2017-04-28 2024-01-09 Cedars-Sinai Medical Center Post-transplantation prophylaxis and treatments for antibody-mediated rejection of solid organ transplant
CN111257445A (en) * 2020-01-22 2020-06-09 上海交通大学医学院附属仁济医院 Product and method for SLE pregnant woman disease monitoring and fetus outcome prediction

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
HK1248577A1 (en) 2018-10-19
EP3294771A1 (en) 2018-03-21
JP6963508B2 (en) 2021-11-10
JP2023088972A (en) 2023-06-27
CN116196414A (en) 2023-06-02
US20240033351A1 (en) 2024-02-01
CN107592812A (en) 2018-01-16
WO2016183104A1 (en) 2016-11-17
US20190365888A1 (en) 2019-12-05
EP4238994A2 (en) 2023-09-06
EP3936524A2 (en) 2022-01-12
JP2021185142A (en) 2021-12-09
JP2018515532A (en) 2018-06-14
EP3936524A3 (en) 2022-06-15
EP4238994A3 (en) 2024-02-07
EP4450524A2 (en) 2024-10-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240033351A1 (en) Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
KR20170086549A (en) ANTI-CD79b ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE
US20240043554A1 (en) Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
US20170029520A1 (en) Compositions and methods for use in organ transplantation
JP2023123521A (en) Methods for treating multiple sclerosis
US20230039927A1 (en) Compositions and methods of treating lupus nephritis
WO2024102734A1 (en) Compositions and methods of treating childhood onset idiopathic nephrotic syndrome
JP7402381B2 (en) Administration for treatment with anti-CD20/anti-CD3 bispecific antibodies
TW202434286A (en) Compositions and methods of treating childhood onset idiopathic nephrotic syndrome
CN117561077A (en) Compositions and methods for treating lupus nephritis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION